Download Millenium & Manhattan +

MILLENIUM
MANHATTAN
Price List
USA
REVISION ON JULY 21, 2015
DATE
SECTION
MODIFICATION
PAGES
July 21, 2015
TCPM
TCPM went from $147 to $177
189
DATE
SECTION
MODIFICATION
PAGES
January 5, 2015
All the price list
High pressure laminated products prices have been
increased by 5% (MAL, MLL, MARL, MAXL, MAWL)
-
All the price list
All products have been increased by 3%
-
Terms and conditions
of sale
Limited lifetime warranty application
6
Combination
pedestals and lateral
filing cabinets
Addition of information and correction of pricing for D,E
and F pedestals, legal size
102,104
Bookcases and
cabinets
Correction of pricing for the following bookcases:
MLBB121260C, MABB121260C / MARBB121260C,
MABB151536C / MARBB151536C &
MABB151542C / MARBB151542C
108
Correction of pricing for the following bookcases:
MLBBL123084 & MABBL123084 / MARBBL 123084
110
Correction of pricing for the following cabinet:
MA2430MU5A / MAR2430MU5A
130
Ezzy
Section completely removed
-
Elictricity
Changes of self-adhesive wire channel (Code: WM)
to a Velcro tie (Code: WM)
197
August 1st, 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
ACCREDITATION
PAGE
1 INTRODUCTION
Terms and conditions of sale
General features
Manufacturing standards
SIN711-2
5
7
SIN711-2
8
SIN 711-2
13
SIN 711-2
14
SIN 711-2
18
SIN 711-2
22
SIN 711-2
26
SIN 711-2
30
SIN 711-2
31
SIN 711-2
32
SIN 711-2
33
SIN 711-2
36
SIN 711-2
39
2 DESKS
Shells
Desks with pedestal(s)
Desks with pedestal(s) and convex front (CX)
Extended desks with straight cut and pedestal
Extended desks with curved cut and pedestal
Arched desks
3 RETURNS
Empty returns
Reversible returns
Returns with pedestal
Returns with combination pedestal
Returns with lateral filing cabinet
Returns with cabinet
Bridges
SIN 711-2
42
SIN 711-2
44
SIN 711-2
45
SIN 711-2
46
SIN 711-2
47
SIN 711-2
48
SIN 711-2
49
SIN 711-2
50
SIN 711-2
51
SIN 711-2
52
SIN 711-2
53
SIN 711-2
54
SIN 711-2
55
SIN 711-2
56
SIN 711-2
60
SIN 711-2
62
SIN 711-2
65
SIN 711-2
67
SIN 711-2
69
SIN 711-2
70
Cabinet hutches
Cabinet hutches with glass or plexiglass doors
Corner hutches
Wall hutches
Wall hutches with pigeon hole unit
Hutches with glass or plexiglass doors
Hutches with retractable doors
SIN 711-2
71
Hutches with glass or plexiglass doors and pigeon hole unit
SIN 711-2
81
Hutches with retractable doors and pigeon hole unit
Hutches with hinged doors
Hutches with hinged doors and pigeon hole unit
Open hutches
Open hutches with pigeon hole unit
Hutches with adjustable shelves
Wall shelves
SIN 711-2
82
SIN 711-2
83
SIN 711-2
84
SIN 711-2
85
SIN 711-2
86
SIN 711-2
87
SIN 711-2
88
4 TABLES
Arched tables
D, P and Q tables (without end gable)
D and P tables
Extended D tables
Extended P tables
D tables with modesty panel
P tables with modesty panel
Extended D tables with modesty panel
Extended P tables with modesty panel
End tables
Hook tables
5 CREDENZAS
Credenzas with pedestal(s)
Credenzas with combination pedestal(s)
Credenzas with lateral file drawers
Credenzas with cabinet
Combination credenzas
Server credenzas
Transaction tops
6 HUTCHES AND WALL STORAGE
SIN 711-2
73
SIN 711-2
76
SIN 711-2
77
SIN 711-2
78
SIN 711-2
79
SIN 711-2
80
TABLE OF CONTENTS
6 HUTCHES AND WALL STORAGE
Tackboards for hutches
Tackboards and display boards
ACCREDITATION
PAGE
SIN 711-2
89
SIN711-20
90
SIN 711-2
91
SIN 711-2
92
SIN 711-2
94
SIN 711-2
96
7 CORNER TABLES
Corner tables
8 LATERAL TABLES
Lateral tables
Lateral tables with corner cut
Lateral tables with curved cut
9 EXTENDED CORNER TABLES
Straight extended corner tables
Curved extended corner tables
98
100
10 COMBINATION PEDESTALS AND LATERAL FILING CABINETS
Factory-installed pedestals
Independent pedestals
Mobile pedestals
Combination pedestals and lateral filing cabinets
SIN 711-2
102
SIN 711-2
104
SIN 711-2
106
SIN 711-2
107
SIN 711-3
108
SIN 711-3
109
11 BOOKCASES AND CABINETS
Corner bookcases
Bookcases
Display cases
Form holders
1-door cabinets
Cabinets with 1 glass door
2-door cabinets
Cabinets with 2 glass doors
Wardrobes
Wardrobes with glass or plexiglass doors
Wardrobes with pedestals
Multiple units
113
SIN 711-3
114
SIN 711-3
115
SIN 711-3
116
SIN 711-3
118
SIN 711-3
120
SIN 711-3
122
SIN 711-3
126
SIN 711-3
128
SIN 711-3
130
SIN711-11
137
12 HOSPITALITY AND CONFERENCE TABLES
All-purpose rectangular tables
Rectangular tables on metal base
Rectangular tables with tubular legs
Hospitality tables
Kalypso hospitality tables
Elliptic conference tables
"Racetrack" conference tables
Boat-shaped conference tables with rounded end
Rectangular conference tables
Round tables
Round tables on metal base
Square tables
SIN711-11
138
SIN711-2
139
SIN711-11
140
SIN711-11
142
SIN711-11
143
SIN711-11
150
SIN711-11
157
SIN711-11
164
SIN711-11
171
SIN711-11
172
SIN711-11
173
SIN711-2
174
13 CONFERENCE TABLE ACCESSORIES
Conference boards
Lecterns
Mobile service carts
Connector tops
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
4
SIN711-20
175
SIN711-2
176
SIN711-2
177
July 21, 2015 | USA
TABLE OF CONTENTS
14 ACCESSORIES
Handles
Metal legs
Keyboard trays
CPU holders
Computer monitor brackets, clamp installation
Computer monitor brackets, grommet installation
Suspended storage systems
Miscellaneous
ACCREDITATION
PAGE
SIN711-2
178
SIN711-11
179
SIN711-2
183
SIN711-2
184
185
186
SIN711-2
187
SIN711-3
188
Introduction
Calculating amperage
Communication boxes for single stations
Communication boxes for multiple stations
SIN711-11
190
SIN711-11
191
SIN711-11
195
SIN711-11
196
Misc. items for connecting communication components
SIN711-11
197
Electricity for 4-track system
Electricity for 8-track system
SIN711-11
198
SIN711-11
199
15 ELECTRICITY
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
5
July 21, 2015 | USA
PLEASE AFFIX YOUR FEDERAL GOVERNMENT ACCREDITATION FORM HERE
FOR MORE INFORMATION, PLEASE CONTACT YOUR MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
6
July 21, 2015 | USA
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE
PRICES
The prices are "suggested retail" and are subject to changes without notice. Applicable taxes are not
included. If you have an open and active account with Logiflex, merchandise will be invoiced at the prices prevailing at the time of
shipment. Advanced payment for your order may be requested if the opening of your account has not been completed or if your account
has become inactive.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
Net 30 days / F.O.B. Sherbrooke (Quebec), Montreal (Quebec) or Quebec City (Quebec). The invoice will be dated the same ship date
and payable 30 days from that date including applicable freight charges. Logiflex remains the owner of the merchandise until the
invoice is paid in full.
CUSTOMIZED PRODUCTS (SPECIAL ITEMS)
Price requests for customized products or special items can be submitted via the "Online services" section of our Web site, at
www.logiflex.ca. Our quotations department will study your request and send you a quotation and a technical drawing for approval as
soon as possible. Modifications to quotations or technical drawings can be requested the same way. The approved quotation(s) and
technical drawing(s) can then be attached to your purchase order.
ORDERS
An official purchase order must be issued for all purchases. Your purchase order must contain the following information: your company
letterhead, your reference number, the delivery address (with contact name and phone number), the complete product codes, furniture
colour(s), quantities, descriptions, retail prices and net prices, project registration number (if applicable), and your approved quotation
and technical drawing (for special items). Please note that a quotation cannot serve as a purchase order.
RETURNS
All returns must first be approved by Logiflex. If the return is accepted, a Logiflex customer service representative will send you an
official return authorization form in order to facilitate procedures between you, the carrier, and the Logiflex merchandise reception
clerk. Additional costs for shipping or other expenses may be applied following any merchandise returns.
MODIFICATIONS AND/OR CANCELLATIONS
You have 24 hours from the time we acknowledge receipt of your order to make any requests for corrections or modifications. You may
modify or cancel your order during this same 48-hour period. If you would like to modify or cancel your order after this 48-hour
verification period, please check with a Logiflex customer service representative. Orders cannot be changed or cancelled if production
has already begun or if Logiflex has already received the raw materials.
LIABILITY
Logiflex's responsibility ends once the carrier has delivered all items in good condition. A delivery receipt signed by the customer
acknowledges that the shipment is complete and has been received in good condition.
CLAIMS
Logiflex recommends inspecting the shipment before signing the carrier's delivery receipt. You must notify Logiflex of any incomplete
shipments or damaged furniture as soon as possible. Requests to replace damaged products can be made via the "Online services" section
of our Web site, at www.logiflex.ca. Our after-sales service department will examine your request and help you correct the situation as
rapidly as possible.
CHANGES
Logiflex reserves the right to make changes to the materials, accessories, components, specifications and designs, and to discontinue
collections and/or models, at any time and without prior notice.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
7
July 21, 2015 | USA
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE
STORAGE AND/OR SHIPPING FEES
If you would like to delay the delivery of an order already in production at Logiflex, weekly storage fees may be charged. The suggested
retail prices in this list usually include delivery to your warehouse, for several Quebec regions; however, some conditions may apply. If
the minimum amount of your order is $10,000 net, the order can be shipped directly to your customer. In this case, a 53-foot unloading
dock must be available at the time of delivery. This information must first be validated with your Logiflex customer service
representative. Direct shipping is subject to additional fees. Any delay experienced by Logiflex carriers during delivery may also incur
additional charges.
LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY
Logiflex warrants its products to the original purchaser for as long as the original purchaser owns the products. Logiflex guarantees that
Millenium and Manhattan products bought new from an authorized Logiflex distributor are free from defects in materials and
workmanship for the lifetime of their use. This warranty applies to Millenium and Manhattan products. Only if properly used, repair or
replacement of any defect covered by the warranty will be at the discretion of Logiflex. Transportation and labor are not covered by this
warranty. By accepting the product to its delivery, the buyer accepts its conditions.The warranty period shall be reduced proportionately
if the products are used over a period exceeding the equivalent of a shift 40 hours/week. All replacement parts will be shipped to the
original shipping address.
This warranty does not apply to defects or damages resulting from:
- Normal wear and tear occurring with the use of the product;
- Negligence, misuse, abuse or accident;
- Substitution, modification or use of components or materials that have not been authorized by Logiflex;
- Delivery by a freight carrier or handling/installation by a contractor other than Logiflex;
- Natural properties of materials;
- Exposure to sunlight or environments with extreme temperature/humidity conditions;
- Damage caused by a carrier in transit, or delivery/installation contractors.
This warranty does not include:
- Parts and materials supplied by the customer (COM);
- Special finishes applied to Logiflex products;
- The matching of colors, grains or textures of wood due to its natural properties;
- Products used for rental purposes;
- Non-standard Logiflex products;
- Logiflex product not installed or used in accordance with the Logiflex installation guidelines;
- Bulbs and ballasts.
Restrictions:
- Electrical components are guaranteed for 1 year from the date of delivery;
- Seat mechanisms, drawer slides and locks are guaranteed for 5 years from the date of delivery.
ITEMS DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
Some items are delivered disassembled, such as empty desks, empty returns, bridges, arched tables, D, P or Q tables, lateral tables,
end tables, hook tables, corner tables and extended-corner tables.
QUICKSHIP PROGRAM
A wide selection of typicals and componants from our Millenium and Manhattan series are parts of our quickship program. The icon above
appears beside the codes of items offered through this program in the different sections of this price list.
Conditions
Please add QS- at the beginning of each code number (EX: QS-MA-2072CLAR).
Products are ready to deliver after 10 working days from the receipt of the order and according to our delivery schedules.
Maximum quantity of 20 components. For larger quantity, please consult the customer service.
Logiflex reserves the right of final approval of orders.
No cancellation after the reception of the order.
All prices are in U.S. currency and may be changed without notice.
Quickship program standard
Standard handles used when included: HJAB (Black).
Edge finish: ML, MA, MAR
Tackboard fabrics: Please refer to the Logiflex color chart.
Colors (For horizontal surfaces and/or single color unit):
BC
Brown Cherry
CO
Cognac
NC
Natural Cherry
PC
Coastal Pear
SW
Smoked Walnut
T
Tan
WK
Whisky
Z
Zebra
LM
PO
TO
Light Maple
Porto
Tobacco
Base colors (For bases and vertical plans only):
B
Jet Black
C
Slate
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
8
July 21, 2015 | USA
GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL FEATURES
HANDLES
Handles are included for all the Manhattan furniture items with fronts (Exception of hutches, for which handles are sold as options). For
the other series, handles are included for the majority of furniture items with fronts (Exception of some pedestals and hutches, for which
handles are sold as options). The standard handle style, when included, is HJAB (black). Please refer to the accessories section at the end
of the current price list to see the different models offered by Logiflex.
GROMMETS
Grommets are included for some items such as D and P tables, lateral, end, corner, extended-corner and arc tables, returns, and
reception stations. When grommets are included, the standard style is the ELPF grommet.
LOCKS
LKBL (black) locks are included for some items such as pedestals, lateral file drawers, cabinets, wardrobes, combination units and
credenzas. To specify a different type of lock, please refer to the accessories section at the end of this price list to see the different
models offered by Logiflex.
PEDESTALS
All drawers are made of black Medium density fiberboard (MDF) with an average thickness of 7/16". Type "D", "E" and "F" pedestals include
a black polyvinyl chloride (PVC) extrusion for easy finger grip operation (no handle).
DRAWER FRONTS
A PVC strip 2.5 mm thick is systematically applied along all drawer front edges.
WOOD GRAIN
The wood grain is always vertical on fronts and furniture doors. Surfaces more than 96" are in two parts. Logiflex cannot guarantee that
the wood grain will match up on the different parts of a same surface.
HUTCHES
All hutches have a flexible grommet at the bottom and a round grommet at the back of the unit for light fixture wires.
FINISHES
You must specify the desired finish(es) for each item of furniture ordered. Please make your selection(s) from the Logiflex chart.
FABRICS
You must specify the fabric when the item so requires. Please make your selection(s) from the Logiflex chart.
LEVELLERS
All furniture items (except bridges) sit on black adjustable levellers, 1" in diameter, allowing for up to 1" adjustment for the purposes of
levelling the furniture. The standard finished height for work surfaces is 29".
ACCESS DOORS (AD) FOR CONFERENCE TABLE BASES
An access door can be added to each conference table base,
where permitted by the type of base. If applicable, the access
door option (AD) will be offered on the specifications sheet of the
conference table in question. This information can be found in the
"How to order" section of the conference table specifications
pages in this price list.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
Channel
Access door in each
base of the table
9
July 21, 2015 | USA
GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS
STANDARD TYPES OF MODESTY PANELS
PM
(10'' from the
surface)
MINISTER MODESTY PANELS (MID AND MIDC OPTIONS)
SM
(18-1/2'' from the
surface)
MID option
(straight
minister)
FM
(full height)
CONVEX SURFACES
MIDC option
(curved minister)
DESK WITH RECESSED MODESTY
4 5/8''
Regular rectangular surface
Convex surface (CX)
30" depth: 4-5/8'' standard recess
6''
36" depth: 6'' standard recess
GROMMET POSITIONING
Returns
Centered grommet (GRC)
Grommet centered in the leaving
space between pedestal and end
of unit (GRC)
Centered grommet (GRC)
Desks and credenzas
Centered grommet (GRC)
Left grommet (GRL)
Right grommet (GRR)
Left grommet and right grommet (GLR)
D, P, extended and arched tables
Grommet centered with end gable
Grommet centered with end gable Grommet centered with end gable
Grommet centered with end gable
Extended corner tables
Corner grommet (GRC)
Corner and left grommet (GRL)
Corner and right grommet (GRR)
Corner, left and right grommet (GLR)
BASES
1/2 legs on left and right (HH)
1/2 legs on left / Full legs on right Full legs on left / 1/2 legs on right
(HR)
(LH)
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
10
Full legss (LR)
July 21, 2015 | USA
GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS
POSITIONING OF WOOD MOULDINGS ( MAW and MAX )
Drawings must be supplied for any orders with wood mouldings. The mouldings will be placed according to the configuration and type of furniture ordered.
Shells and desks
Corners
Returns
Extended corners with two half legs (HH)
Bridges
End tables
Credenzas
Rectangular conference tables
Hutches
Boat-shaped conference tables (rounded)
Bookcases and cabinets
"Racetrack" conference tables
Combination pedestals
Elliptical conference tables
Filing cabinets
Conference wall cabinets
Multiple units
Lecterns
Corner hutches and bookcases
Wardrobes
D, P and Q tables, without gable
Mobile service carts
D, P and Q tables, with gable
1/2-moon and 1/4-moon end tables
Arched tables
Round and square tables
Truncated tables
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
11
July 21, 2015 | USA
GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS
POSITIONING OF PVC MOULDINGS ( MAR )
MAR mouldings must be installed on the opposite sides of a same item of furniture. They cannot be joined together perpendicularly because their edges must be
cut at a 90 degree angle and not a 45 degree angle.
Shells and desks
D, P and Q tables
Convex surfaces
Corner tables
Returns
Extended corner tables
Bridges
Arched tables
Credenzas
End tables
Hutches
Round and square tables
Combination pedestals, bookcases,
wardrobes, multiple units and filing cabinets
"Racetrack" conference tables
Lecterns
Boat-shaped conference tables with
rounded ends
Mobile service carts
Conference wall cabinets
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
12
July 21, 2015 | USA
GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS
EXAMPLES OF STATION CONFIGURATIONS WITH WOOD MOULDINGS ( MAW AND MAX )
U-shaped work station
(against a wall)
L-shaped work station
(independant island)
CONFIGURATION WITHOUT SPACE
CONFIGURATION WITH 5/8'' SPACE
In cases where no drawing is provided with
your order, the wood mouldings will be
installed on all three sides of the furniture, as
shown above.
To order your work station without any spaces,
please provide us with a drawing of the desired
work station.
NOTE:
Wood mouldings cannot be installed where two surfaces meet. A 0.05 mm PVC moulding will be installed at these locations.
EXAMPLES OF STATION CONFIGURATIONS WITH PVC MOULDINGS ( MAR )
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
13
July 21, 2015 | USA
GENERAL INFORMATION
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS - MOULDINGS
PREVIEW
COMPONENT
MATERIALS
EDGES / MOULDINGS
1'' surfaces ( ML )
Thermofused laminate (TFL) - 1" high-density particle
board
2.5 mm polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
1 1/16'' surfaces ( MLL )
High pressure laminate (HPL) - 1'' high-density
particle board, 1/32" HPL sheet on surface, 1/32"
balancing sheet under surface (prevents bending)
2.5 mm polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
1 5/8" surfaces ( MA )
Thermofused laminate (TFL) - 1-5/8'' highdensityparticle board
2.5 mm polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
1 5/8'' surfaces ( MAR )
Thermofused laminate (TFL) - 1-5/8'' highdensityparticle board
2.5 mm corrugated polyvinyl
chloride (PVC)
1 9/16" surfaces ( MARL )
High pressure laminate (HPL) - 1-1/2'' high-density
particle board, 1/32" HPL sheet on surface, 1/32"
balancing sheet under surface (prevents bending)
2.5 mm corrugated polyvinyl
chloride (PVC)
1 9/16" surfaces ( MAL )
High pressure laminate (HPL) - 1-1/2'' high-density
particle board, 1/32" HPL sheet on surface, 1/32"
balancing sheet under surface (prevents bending)
2.5 mm polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
1 5/8" surfaces ( MAW )
Thermofused laminate (TFL) - 1-5/8'' highdensityparticle board
5/16" wood moulding
1 5/8'' surfaces ( MAX )
Thermofused laminate (TFL) - 1-5/8'' highdensityparticle board
5/16" wood moulding
1 9/16" surfaces ( MAWL )
High pressure laminate (HPL) - 1-1/2'' high-density
particle board, 1/32" HPL sheet on surface, 1/32"
balancing sheet under surface (prevents bending)
5/16" wood moulding
1 9/16" surfaces ( MAXL )
High pressure laminate (HPL) - 1-1/2'' high-density
particle board, 1/32" HPL sheet on surface, 1/32"
balancing sheet under surface (prevents bending)
5/16" wood moulding
Front, back and modesty
Thermofused laminate (TFL) - 5/8'' highdensityparticle board
2.5 mm polyvinyl chloride (PVC) on
showing surfaces and 0.5 mm
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) on nonshowing surfaces
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
14
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
SHELLS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
(EMPTY DESKS)
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARD: NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
3048
3060
3066
3072
525
569
602
631
687
752
816
856
631
688
745
781
768
880
946
999
988
1122
1199
1264
1154
1288
1423
1506
3660
3666
3672
646
659
681
833
889
943
759
809
858
975
1044
1119
1213
1292
1369
1452
1549
1654
CODE
Shells
30"
4-5/8" recessed
modesty
36"
6" recessed
modesty
Modesty recesses:
Modesty heights:
PM
SM
(10"H)
(18-1/2"H)
FM
(Full)
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
CODE (Specify)
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF location)
modesty
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
Notes
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
15
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
DESKS WITH "D" PEDESTAL(S)
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
ONE UTILITY DRAWER AND ONE FILE DRAWER ON LEFT AND/OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS / NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
D3048
D3060
D3066
D3072
802
858
895
958
1079
1168
1224
1264
1005
1085
1134
1170
1177
1288
1356
1407
1375
1513
1589
1652
1565
1735
1832
1913
D3648
D3660
D3666
D3672
882
937
988
1043
1130
1241
1298
1356
1050
1148
1199
1249
1241
1383
1451
1525
1447
1602
1680
1758
1658
1863
1957
2064
3048D
3060D
3066D
3072D
802
858
895
958
1079
1168
1224
1264
1005
1085
1134
1170
1177
1288
1356
1407
1375
1513
1589
1652
1565
1735
1832
1913
3648D
3660D
3666D
3672D
882
937
988
1043
1130
1241
1298
1356
1050
1148
1199
1249
1241
1383
1451
1525
1447
1602
1680
1758
1658
1863
1957
2064
D3060D
D3066D
D3072D
988
1022
1094
1372
1439
1495
1279
1338
1391
1491
1570
1641
1706
1791
1873
1939
2045
2144
D3660D
D3666D
D3672D
1066
1077
1170
1413
1487
1558
1312
1379
1443
1554
1680
1729
1765
1898
1952
2031
2185
2267
CODE
Desk with BF pedestal on left
A B
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
A B
Desk with BF pedestal on right
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Desk with BF pedestals on left and right
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
HOW TO ORDER?
D
M___
Serie
...
D
If pedestal
on the left
(AB)
If pedestal
on the right
CODE (Specify)
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF location)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
Notes
Modesties
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
16
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
DESKS WITH "E" PEDESTAL(S)
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
E3060
E3066
E3072
E3084
999
1038
1099
1348
1304
1360
1401
1465
1213
1264
1300
1355
1423
1490
1544
1631
1639
1717
1781
1894
1870
1967
2048
2198
E3660
E3666
E3672
E3684
1077
1128
1185
1369
1377
1432
1489
1598
1277
1327
1378
1475
1519
1589
1660
1803
1730
1809
1888
2042
1995
2093
2198
2399
3060E
3066E
3072E
3084E
999
1038
1099
1348
1304
1360
1401
1465
1213
1264
1300
1355
1423
1490
1544
1631
1639
1717
1781
1894
1870
1967
2048
2198
3660E
3666E
3672E
3684E
1077
1128
1185
1369
1377
1432
1489
1598
1277
1327
1378
1475
1519
1589
1660
1803
1730
1809
1888
2042
1995
2093
2198
2399
E3060E
E3066E
E3072E
E3084E
1269
1305
1318
1462
1846
1904
1941
2009
1730
1781
1815
1873
1967
2033
2086
2175
2156
2234
2299
2412
2414
2510
2592
2743
E3660E
E3666E
E3672E
E3684E
1326
1362
1452
1595
1918
1976
2032
2142
1793
1845
1894
1993
2064
2129
2204
2346
2250
2327
2404
2562
2540
2639
2743
2942
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS / NO GROMMET
CODE
Desk with BBF pedestal on left
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Desk with BBF pedestal on right
A B
30"
4-5/8''
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Desk with BBF pedestals on left
30"
and right
4-5/8''
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MID
MIDC
HOW TO ORDER?
E
M___
Serie
...
Notes
Modesties
E
If pedestal
on the left
(AB)
If pedestal
on the right
CODE (Specify)
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
Specify
modesty
...
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF location)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
17
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
DESKS WITH "F" PEDESTAL(S)
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO FILE DRAWERS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS / NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
F3060
F3066
F3072
F3084
999
1038
1099
1348
1304
1360
1401
1465
1213
1264
1300
1355
1423
1490
1544
1631
1639
1717
1781
1894
1870
1967
2048
2198
F3660
F3666
F3672
F3684
1077
1128
1185
1369
1377
1432
1489
1598
1277
1327
1378
1475
1519
1589
1660
1803
1730
1809
1888
2042
1995
2093
2198
2399
3060F
3066F
3072F
3084F
999
1038
1099
1348
1304
1360
1401
1465
1213
1264
1300
1355
1423
1490
1544
1631
1639
1717
1781
1894
1870
1967
2048
2198
3660F
3666F
3672F
3684F
1077
1128
1185
1369
1377
1432
1489
1598
1277
1327
1378
1475
1519
1589
1660
1803
1730
1809
1888
2042
1995
2093
2198
2399
F3060F
F3066F
F3072F
F3084F
1269
1305
1318
1462
1846
1904
1941
2009
1730
1781
1815
1873
1967
2033
2086
2175
2156
2234
2299
2412
2414
2510
2592
2743
F3660F
F3666F
F3672F
F3684F
1326
1362
1452
1595
1918
1976
2032
2142
1793
1845
1894
1993
2064
2129
2204
2346
2250
2327
2404
2562
2540
2639
2743
2942
CODE
Desk with FF pedestal on left
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Desk with FF pedestal on right
30"
4-5/8''
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Desk with FF pedestals on left
30"
and right
4-5/8''
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MID
MIDC
HOW TO ORDER?
F
M___
Serie
...
Notes
Modesties
F
If pedestal
on the left
(AB)
If pedestal
on the right
CODE (Specify)
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
Specify
modesty
...
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF location)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
18
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
DESKS WITH "E" AND "F" PEDESTALS
E: TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
F: TWO FILE DRAWERS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS / NO
GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
E3060F
E3066F
E3072F
E3084F
1269
1305
1318
1462
1846
1904
1941
2009
1730
1781
1815
1873
1967
2033
2086
2175
2156
2234
2299
2412
2414
2510
2592
2743
E3660F
E3666F
E3672F
E3684F
1326
1362
1452
1595
1918
1976
2032
2142
1793
1845
1894
1993
2064
2129
2204
2346
2250
2327
2404
2562
2540
2639
2743
2942
F3060E
F3066E
F3072E
F3084E
1269
1305
1318
1462
1846
1904
1941
2009
1730
1781
1815
1873
1967
2033
2086
2175
2156
2234
2299
2412
2414
2510
2592
2743
F3660E
F3666E
F3672E
F3684E
1326
1362
1452
1595
1918
1976
2032
2142
1793
1845
1894
1993
2064
2129
2204
2346
2250
2327
2404
2562
2540
2639
2743
2942
CODE
Desk with BBF pedestal on left
A
and FF pedestal on right
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
B
Desk with FF pedestal on left
30"
and BBF on right
4-5/8''
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MID
MIDC
HOW TO ORDER?
E
F
M___
Serie
...
F
E
If pedestal
on the left
(AB)
If pedestal
on the right
CODE (Specify)
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
...
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF location)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
Notes
Modesties
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
19
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
DESKS WITH "E" PEDESTAL
AND CONVEX FRONT (CX)
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
E243060CX
E243066CX
E243072CX
1062
1089
1155
1386
1418
1458
1292
1318
1355
1475
1519
1566
1689
1746
1809
1893
1967
2042
E303660CX
E303666CX
E303672CX
E303684CX
1140
1178
1239
1488
1458
1514
1556
1621
1355
1405
1441
1497
1572
1641
1691
1781
1781
1858
1923
2037
2019
2117
2198
2346
E364260CX
E364266CX
E364272CX
E364284CX
1218
1268
1325
1509
1533
1636
1645
1758
1419
1470
1519
1618
1668
1735
1809
1951
1873
1950
2028
2185
2144
2240
2346
2548
24''
243060ECX
243066ECX
1062
1089
1386
1418
1292
1318
1475
1519
1689
1746
1893
1967
Flush
modesty
243072ECX
1155
1458
1355
1566
1809
2042
303660ECX
303666ECX
303672ECX
303684ECX
1140
1178
1239
1488
1458
1514
1556
1621
1355
1405
1441
1497
1572
1641
1691
1781
1781
1858
1923
2037
2019
2117
2198
2346
364260ECX
364266ECX
364272ECX
364284ECX
1218
1268
1325
1509
1533
1636
1645
1758
1419
1470
1519
1618
1668
1735
1809
1951
1873
1950
2028
2185
2144
2240
2346
2548
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS /
NO GROMMET
CODE
CX desk with BBF pedestal on left
A B C
24''
Flush
modesty
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36''
6"
recessed
modesty
CX desk with BBF pedestal on right
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36''
6"
recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MIDC
MID
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
E
E
If pedestal
on the left
If pedestal
on the right
(ABC)
CODE (Specify)
Notes
Modesties
CX
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
...
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(PF location)
ELP (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
20
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
DESKS WITH "F" PEDESTAL
AND CONVEX FRONT (CX)
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO FILE DRAWERS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
tfl
MAR
MARL
hpl
MAW MAWL
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS /
NO GROMMET
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
CX desk with FF pedestal on left
A B C
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
F243060CX
F243066CX
F243072CX
1062
1089
1155
1386
1418
1458
1292
1318
1355
1475
1519
1566
1689
1746
1809
1893
1967
2042
F303660CX
F303666CX
F303672CX
F303684CX
1140
1178
1239
1488
1458
1514
1556
1621
1355
1405
1441
1497
1572
1641
1691
1781
1781
1858
1923
2037
2019
2117
2198
2346
F364260CX
F364266CX
F364272CX
F364284CX
1218
1268
1325
1509
1533
1636
1645
1758
1419
1470
1519
1618
1668
1735
1809
1951
1873
1950
2028
2185
2144
2240
2346
2548
243060FCX
243066FCX
243072FCX
1062
1089
1155
1386
1418
1458
1292
1318
1355
1475
1519
1566
1689
1746
1809
1893
1967
2042
303660FCX
303666FCX
303672FCX
303684FCX
1140
1178
1239
1488
1458
1514
1556
1621
1355
1405
1441
1497
1572
1641
1691
1781
1781
1858
1923
2037
2019
2117
2198
2346
364260FCX
364266FCX
364272FCX
364284FCX
1218
1268
1325
1509
1533
1636
1645
1758
1419
1470
1519
1618
1668
1735
1809
1951
1873
1950
2028
2185
2144
2240
2346
2548
24"
Flush
modesty
30''
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36''
6"
recessed
modesty
CX desk with FF pedestal on right
24"
sans retrait
30''
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36''
6"
recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MID
MIDC
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
Notes
Modesties
...
F
F
If pedestal
on the left
If pedestal
on the right
(ABC)
CX
...
CODE (Specify)
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
(PF location)
ELP (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
See
handles
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
21
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
DESKS WITH "E" OR "F" PEDESTALS
AND CONVEX FRONT (CX)
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
E: TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER
tfl
hpl
F: TWO FILE DRAWERS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: PVC EXTRUSION FOR
LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS / NO GROMMET
CODE
CX desk with BBF pedestals on left
A B C
24"
and right
Flush
modesty
30''
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36''
6"
recessed
modesty
CX desk with FF pedestals on left
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
E243060ECX
E243066ECX
E243072ECX
1352
1389
1448
1928
1962
2002
1809
1838
1873
2019
2064
2139
2206
2263
2327
2437
2510
2586
E303660ECX
E303666ECX
E303672ECX
E303684ECX
1409
1446
1460
1602
2002
2058
2171
2366
1873
1923
2027
2205
2117
2180
2233
2323
2299
2377
2440
2552
2562
2658
2743
2890
E364260ECX
E364266ECX
E364272ECX
E364284ECX
1466
1503
1593
1736
2075
2133
2189
2298
1936
1987
2037
2133
2211
2280
2353
2496
2390
2469
2547
2703
2690
2786
2890
3091
F243060FCX
1352
1928
1809
2019
2206
2437
24"
F243066FCX
1389
1962
1838
2064
2263
2510
Flush
modesty
F243072FCX
1448
2002
1873
2139
2327
2586
30''
F303660FCX
F303666FCX
F303672FCX
F303684FCX
1409
1446
1460
1602
2002
2058
2171
2366
1873
1923
2027
2205
2117
2180
2233
2323
2299
2377
2440
2552
2562
2658
2743
2890
F364260FCX
F364266FCX
1466
1503
2075
2133
1936
1987
2211
2280
2390
2469
2690
2786
F364272FCX
F364284FCX
1593
1736
2189
2298
2037
2133
2353
2496
2547
2703
2890
3091
and right
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36''
6"
recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MID
MIDC
HOW TO ORDER?
E
M___
Serie
...
E
F
F
If pedestal
on the left
If pedestal
on the right
(ABC)
CODE (Specify)
CX
...
Notes
Modesties
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
...
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
ELP (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF location)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
22
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
DESKS WITH "E" AND "F" PEDESTALS
AND CONVEX FRONT (CX)
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
E: TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
F: TWO FILE DRAWERS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC
EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS /
NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
E243060FCX
E243066FCX
E243072FCX
1352
1389
1448
1928
1962
2002
1809
1838
1873
2019
2064
2139
2206
2263
2327
2437
2510
2586
E303660FCX
E303666FCX
E303672FCX
E303684FCX
1409
1446
1460
1602
2002
2058
2171
2366
1873
1923
2027
2205
2117
2180
2233
2323
2299
2377
2440
2552
2562
2658
2743
2890
E364260FCX
E364266FCX
E364272FCX
E364284FCX
1466
1503
1593
1736
2075
2133
2189
2298
1936
1987
2037
2133
2211
2280
2353
2496
2390
2469
2547
2703
2690
2786
2890
3091
F243060ECX
F243066ECX
1352
1389
1928
1962
1809
1838
2019
2064
2206
2263
2437
2510
F243072ECX
1448
2002
1873
2139
2327
2586
F303660ECX
1409
2002
1873
2117
2299
2562
F303666ECX
F303672ECX
F303684ECX
1446
1460
1602
2058
2171
2366
1923
2027
2205
2180
2233
2323
2377
2440
2552
2658
2743
2890
F364260ECX
F364266ECX
F364272ECX
F364284ECX
1466
1503
1593
1736
2075
2133
2189
2298
1936
1987
2037
2133
2211
2280
2353
2496
2390
2469
2547
2703
2690
2786
2890
3091
CODE
CX desk with BBF pedestal on left
A B C
24"
and FF pedestal on right
Flush
modesty
30''
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36''
6"
recessed
modesty
24"
CX desk wtih FF pedestal on left
and UUF pedestal on right
Flush
modesty
30''
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36''
6"
recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MIDC
MID
HOW TO ORDER?
E
F
M___
Serie
...
F
E
If pedestal
on the left
(ABC)
If pedestal
on the right
CODE (Specify)
CX
...
Notes
Modesties
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
ELP (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF location)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
23
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
EXTENDED DESKS WITH STRAIGHT CUT
AND "E" PEDESTAL ON LEFT
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C D
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
E30664820LB
E30724820LB
E30784820LB
E30844820LB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
E30664824LB
E30724824LB
E30784824LB
E30844824LB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
E36665420LB
E36725420LB
E36785420LB
E36845420LB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
E36665424LB
E36725424LB
E36785424LB
E36845424LB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS / NO
GROMMET
CODE
Desk extended to the left
with BBF pedestal on left
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MID
MIDC
HOW TO ORDER?
E
M___
Serie
...
pedestal
on the left
(ABCD)
CODE (Specify)
LB
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
...
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
ELPF
HAPF($)
(PF location)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Notes
Modesties
Option
handles
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
24
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EXTENDED DESKS WITH STRAIGHT CUT
AND "E" PEDESTAL ON RIGHT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C D
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20486630ELB
20487230ELB
20487830ELB
20488430ELB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
24486630ELB
24487230ELB
24487830ELB
24488430ELB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
20546636ELB
20547236ELB
20547836ELB
20548436ELB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
24546636ELB
24547236ELB
24547836ELB
24548436ELB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS / NO
GROMMET
30"
Desk extended to the right
with BBF pedestal on right
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36"
6" recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MIDC
MID
HOW TO ORDER?
E
M___
Serie
(ABCD)
...
pedestal
on the right
LB
CODE (Specify)
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF location)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
Notes
Modesties
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail / each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
25
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
EXTENDED DESKS WITH STRAIGHT CUT
AND "F" PEDESTAL ON LEFT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO FILE DRAWERS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS /
NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
F30664820LB
F30724820LB
F30784820LB
F30844820LB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
F30664824LB
F30724824LB
F30784824LB
F30844824LB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
F36665420LB
F36725420LB
F36785420LB
F36845420LB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
F36665424LB
F36725424LB
F36785424LB
F36845424LB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
CODE
Desk extended to the left
A B C D
with FF pedestal on left
30"
4-5/8''
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MID
MIDC
HOW TO ORDER?
F
M___
Serie
...
pedestal
on the left
(ABCD)
CODE (Specify)
LB
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
(PF location)
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
Notes
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
26
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
EXTENDED DESKS WITH STRAIGHT CUT
AND "F" PEDESTAL ON RIGHT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO FILE DRAWERS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS
/ NO GROMMET
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C D
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20486630FLB
20487230FLB
20487830FLB
20488430FLB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
24486630FLB
24487230FLB
24487830FLB
24488430FLB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
20546636FLB
20547236FLB
20547836FLB
20548436FLB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
24546636FLB
24547236FLB
24547836FLB
24548436FLB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
Desk extended to the right
with FF pedestal on right
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MID
MIDC
HOW TO ORDER?
F
M___
Serie
(ABCD)
...
pedestal
on the right
LB
CODE (Specify)
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
(PF location)
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
Notes
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
27
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EXTENDED DESKS WITH ROUNDED CUT
WITH "E" PEDESTAL ON LEFT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
E30664820RB
E30724820RB
E30784820RB
1700
1756
1813
2283
2370
2458
2125
2202
2281
2493
2595
2675
2701
2819
2904
3098
3243
3339
E30844820RB
1869
2571
2387
2797
3043
3486
E30664824RB
E30724824RB
E30784824RB
1700
1756
1813
2283
2370
2458
2125
2202
2281
2493
2595
2675
2701
2819
2904
3098
3243
3339
E30844824RB
1869
2571
2387
2797
3043
3486
E36665420RB
E36725420RB
E36785420RB
1733
1790
1847
2327
2413
2501
2159
2236
2315
2528
2630
2711
2735
2853
2938
3133
3279
3375
E36845420RB
1903
2617
2421
2833
3077
3267
E36665424RB
E36725424RB
E36785424RB
E36845424RB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS
/ NO GROMMET
CODE
Desk extended to the left
A B C D
with BBF pedestal on left
30"
4-5/8" recessed
modesty
36"
6" recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MIDC
MID
HOW TO ORDER?
E
M___
Serie
pedestal
on the left
...
(ABCD)
CODE (Specify)
RB
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
ELPF
HAPF($)
(PF location)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Notes
Option
handles
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
28
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
EXTENDED DESKS WITH ROUNDED CUT
WITH "F" PEDESTAL ON LEFT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO FILE DRAWERS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
tfl
hpl
MAW MAWL
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS / NO
GROMMET
Desk extended to the left
with FF pedestal on left
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C D
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
F30664820RB
F30724820RB
F30784820RB
F30844820RB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
F30664824RB
F30724824RB
F30784824RB
F30844824RB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
F36665420RB
F36725420RB
F36785420RB
F36845420RB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
F36665424RB
F36725424RB
F36785424RB
F36845424RB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MIDC
MID
HOW TO ORDER?
F
M___
Serie
...
pedestal
on the left
(ABCD)
CODE (Specify)
RB
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF location)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
Notes
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
29
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EXTENDED DESKS WITH ROUNDED CUT
WITH "E" PEDESTAL ON RIGHT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20486630ERB
20487230ERB
20487830ERB
20488430ERB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
24486630ERB
24487230ERB
24487830ERB
24488430ERB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
20546636ERB
20547236ERB
20547836ERB
20548436ERB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
24546636ERB
24547236ERB
24547836ERB
24548436ERB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS
/ NO GROMMET
CODE
Desk extended to the right
A B C D
with BBF pedestal on right
30"
4-5/8" recessed
modesty
36"
6" recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MID
MIDC
HOW TO ORDER?
E
M___
Serie
(ABCD)
...
pedestal
on the right
CODE (Specify)
RB
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF location)
(PF style)
Option
grommets (PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Notes
Option
handles
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
30
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EXTENDED DESKS WITH ROUNDED CUT
WITH "F" PEDESTAL ON RIGHT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO FILE DRAWERS
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
B C D
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20486630FRB
20487230FRB
20487830FRB
20488430FRB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
24486630FRB
24487230FRB
24487830FRB
24488430FRB
1700
1756
1813
1869
2283
2370
2458
2571
2125
2202
2281
2387
2493
2595
2675
2797
2701
2819
2904
3043
3098
3243
3339
3486
20546636FRB
20547236FRB
20547836FRB
20548436FRB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
24546636FRB
24547236FRB
24547836FRB
24548436FRB
1733
1790
1847
1903
2327
2413
2501
2617
2159
2236
2315
2421
2528
2630
2711
2833
2735
2853
2938
3077
3133
3279
3375
3267
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS /
NO GROMMET
CODE
Desk extended to the right
A
with FF pedestal on right
30"
4-5/8"
recessed
modesty
36"
6"
recessed
modesty
Minister front options (MID and MIDC)
MIDC
MID
HOW TO ORDER?
F
M___
Serie
(ABCD)
...
pedestal
on the right
CODE (Specify)
RB
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
MID
MIDC
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
Position PF
Style PF
Option
grommets (PF)
...
Notes
Modesties
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
For MID option (minister front), add $71 retail to the desk value
For MIDC option (curved minister front), add $140 retail to the desk value
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
31
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ARCHED DESKS WITH "E" AND "F" PEDESTALS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
E: TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
F: TWO FILE DRAWERS
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
E364284FARC
E364296FARC
2824
2887
3316
3430
3126
3204
3632
3763
3650
4119
4183
4724
F364284EARC
F364296EARC
2824
2887
3316
3430
3126
3204
3632
3763
3650
4119
4183
4724
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS / NO
GROMMET
Arched desk with BBF pedestal on left
and FF pedestal on right
36"
8" high
plexiglass
modesty
with 6" recess
Arched desk with FF pedestal on left
36"
and BBF pedestal on right
Plexiglass
modesty
8" high
with 6" recess
Plexiglass
modesty
Visitor side view
without top
Visitor side view
It is also possible to install
two pedestals of the same type
under these desks
HOW TO ORDER?
E
E
F
F
E
F
E
pedestal
F
on the left
E
E
F
F
E
F
pedestal
E
( A B C D ) on the right ARC
pedestal
( A B C D ) on the right ARC
CODE (Specify)
CODE (Specify)
PL (STD)
See:
PL (STD)
Color chart
See:
...
...
Color
chart
Specify
...
...
plexiglass
Specifytype
GRL
GRR
GRL
GRC
GRR
GLR
GRC
(PF
location)
GLR
ELPF (STD)
HAPF
See section:
ELPF ($)
(STD)
(PF
style)
Accessories
HAPF
($)
... See section:
(PF location)
Accessories
Option(PF style)
Option
...
handles
grommets
Option(PF)
Option
handles
grommets (PF)
Notes
M___
...
MSerie
___
...
Serie
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
pedestal
on the left
plexiglass type
See
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
Plexiglass:
The standard plexiglass is PL (Frosted)
p.189
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
32
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
EMPTY RETURNS
LEFT OR RIGHT RETURNS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
tfl
hpl
MAW MAWL
CENTERED GROMMET AND FLUSH PLATES
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain as well as the
thickness of the modesty panel.
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20"
2030L29
2036L29
2042L29
2048L29
2054L29
2060L29
359
375
391
412
442
469
427
449
483
510
548
591
373
400
426
460
489
516
441
476
520
561
599
641
561
618
671
731
784
839
641
705
774
845
908
980
24"
2430L29
2436L29
2442L29
2448L29
2454L29
2460L29
387
404
419
442
469
497
464
491
519
554
592
638
414
442
468
495
528
554
491
532
570
610
654
697
602
657
711
765
825
881
690
760
823
896
966
1038
20"
2030R29
2036R29
2042R29
2048R29
2054R29
2060R29
359
375
391
412
442
469
427
449
483
510
548
591
373
400
426
460
489
516
441
476
520
561
599
641
561
618
671
731
784
839
641
705
774
845
908
980
24"
2430R29
2436R29
2442R29
2448R29
2454R29
2460R29
387
404
419
442
469
497
464
491
519
554
592
638
414
442
468
495
528
554
491
532
570
610
654
697
602
657
711
765
825
881
690
760
823
896
966
1038
CODE
A
Left return
B
A B
Right return
(H)
(H)
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
L
R
CODE (Specify)
Notes
Modesties
...
(H)
Specify
height
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
...
Specify
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
(PF location)
modesty
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
p.8
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
p.8
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
33
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
REVERSIBLE EMPTY RETURNS
LEFT OR RIGHT RETURNS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
CENTERED GROMMET AND FLUSH PLATES
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain as well as the
thickness of the modesty panel.
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
B (H)
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20"
2030L29REV
2036L29REV
2042L29REV
2048L29REV
2054L29REV
2060L29REV
359
375
391
412
442
469
427
449
483
510
548
591
373
400
426
460
489
516
441
476
520
561
599
641
561
618
671
731
784
839
641
705
774
845
908
980
24"
2430L29REV
2436L29REV
2442L29REV
2448L29REV
2454L29REV
2460L29REV
387
404
419
442
469
497
464
491
519
554
592
638
414
442
468
495
528
554
491
532
570
610
654
697
602
657
711
765
825
881
690
760
823
896
966
1038
20"
2030R29REV
2036R29REV
2042R29REV
2048R29REV
2054R29REV
2060R29REV
359
375
391
412
442
469
427
449
483
510
548
591
373
400
426
460
489
516
441
476
520
561
599
641
561
618
671
731
784
839
641
705
774
845
908
980
24"
2430R29REV
2436R29REV
2442R29REV
2448R29REV
2454R29REV
2460R29REV
387
404
419
442
469
497
464
491
519
554
592
638
414
442
468
495
528
554
491
532
570
610
654
697
602
657
711
765
825
881
690
760
823
896
966
1038
CODE
A
Left reversible return
A B
Right reversible return
(H)
Construction detail for reversible returns:
The modesty edge is
visible on the side of
the return
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
L
R
CODE
...
(Specify)
(H)
Specify
height
...
REV
CODE
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
...
Specify
modesty
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
(PF location)
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
Notes
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Grommet positions
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
34
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
RETURNS WITH "D" PEDESTAL
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
ONE UTILITY DRAWER AND ONE FILE DRAWER ON LEFT OR RIGHT
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: PVC EXTRUSION FOR DRAWERS, CENTERED GROMMET AND
FLUSH PLATES
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain as well as the
thickness of the modesty panel.
tfl
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20"
D2030L29
D2036L29
D2042L29
D2048L29
D2054L29
D2060L29
626
639
652
688
716
745
774
803
832
866
896
925
737
765
792
825
853
881
823
859
902
944
980
1023
927
981
1033
1096
1151
1204
1023
1085
1156
1229
1293
1365
24"
D2430L29
D2436L29
D2442L29
D2448L29
D2454L29
D2460L29
660
675
688
716
745
771
794
821
848
876
910
939
756
782
808
834
867
894
848
890
925
966
1007
1048
967
1022
1075
1129
1190
1244
1073
1145
1209
1277
1348
1420
20"
2030R29D
2036R29D
2042R29D
2048R29D
2054R29D
2060R29D
626
639
652
688
716
745
774
803
832
866
896
925
737
765
792
825
853
881
823
859
902
944
980
1023
927
981
1033
1096
1151
1204
1023
1085
1156
1229
1293
1365
24"
2430R29D
2436R29D
2442R29D
2448R29D
2454R29D
2460R29D
660
675
688
716
745
771
794
821
848
876
910
939
756
782
808
834
867
894
848
890
925
966
1007
1048
967
1022
1075
1129
1190
1244
1073
1145
1209
1277
1348
1420
GRR
GRL
GRC(STD)
NGR
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
CODE
A B
Left return with BF pedestal on left
A
Right return with BF pedestal on right
(H)
B
(H)
HOW TO ORDER?
Left return :
M___
Serie
...
D
Specify
(AB) L
...
CODE
pedestal
Right return:
M___
Serie
...
(AB) R
...
CODE (Specify)
...
(Specify)
(H)
Specify
...
(H)
Specify
height
D
Specify
...
...
pedestal
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
...
(PF location)
Specify
grommets(PF)
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
...
modesty
(PF style)
(PF location)
...
Specify
grommets(PF)
Option
handles
ELPF(STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF style)
See section:
Accessories
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
Notes
Modesties
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
p.8
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
35
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
RETURNS WITH "E" PEDESTAL
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER ON LEFT OR RIGHT
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: PVC EXTRUSION FOR DRAWERS, CENTERED GROMMET AND
FLUSH PLATES
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain as well as the
thickness of the modesty panel.
CODE
Left return with BBF pedestal on left
A B
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20"
E2030L29
E2036L29
E2042L29
E2048L29
E2054L29
E2060L29
767
781
794
829
858
887
908
939
966
1001
1030
1056
865
894
920
953
981
1006
960
995
1037
1079
1117
1156
1054
1109
1164
1224
1278
1333
1156
1222
1293
1365
1427
1498
24"
E2430L29
E2436L29
E2442L29
E2448L29
E2454L29
E2460L29
802
816
829
858
887
915
951
980
1008
1038
1073
1101
906
933
960
989
1022
1049
1008
1050
1085
1129
1174
1215
1096
1151
1204
1258
1317
1372
1209
1277
1342
1413
1484
1554
20"
2030R29E
2036R29E
2042R29E
2048R29E
2054R29E
2060R29E
767
781
794
829
858
887
908
939
966
1001
1030
1056
865
894
920
953
981
1006
960
995
1037
1079
1117
1156
1054
1109
1164
1224
1278
1333
1156
1222
1293
1365
1427
1498
24"
2430R29E
2436R29E
2442R29E
2448R29E
2454R29E
2460R29E
802
816
829
858
887
915
951
980
1008
1038
1073
1101
906
933
960
989
1022
1049
1008
1050
1085
1129
1174
1215
1096
1151
1204
1258
1317
1372
1209
1277
1342
1413
1484
1554
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
A
Right return with BBF pedestal on right
B
(H)
(H)
HOW TO ORDER?
Left return :
M___
Serie
...
E
Specify
pedestal
Right return:
M___
Serie
...
...
(AB) L
CODE
(H)
...
Specify
height
(Specify)
(H)
(AB) R
...
CODE (Specify)
Specify
height
...
E
Specify
...
...
pedestal
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
FM (STD)
PM
SM
(Modestie)
Specify
modesty
...
(PF location)
Specify
grommets(PF)
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
...
(PF style)
(PF location)
...
Specify
grommets(PF)
Option
handles
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF style)
See section:
Accessories
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
Notes
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
p.8
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
36
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
RETURNS WITH "F" PEDESTAL
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO FILE DRAWERS ON LEFT OR RIGHT
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: PVC EXTRUSION FOR DRAWERS, CENTERED GROMMET AND
FLUSH PLATES
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain as well as the
thickness of the modesty panel.
CODE
Left return with FF pedestal on left
A B (H)
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20"
F2030L29
F2036L29
F2042L29
F2048L29
F2054L29
F2060L29
767
781
794
829
858
887
908
939
966
1001
1030
1056
865
894
920
953
981
1006
960
995
1037
1079
1117
1156
1054
1109
1164
1224
1278
1333
1156
1222
1293
1365
1427
1498
24"
F2430L29
F2436L29
F2442L29
F2448L29
F2454L29
F2460L29
802
816
829
858
887
915
951
980
1008
1038
1073
1101
906
933
960
989
1022
1049
1008
1050
1085
1129
1174
1215
1096
1151
1204
1258
1317
1372
1209
1277
1342
1413
1484
1554
20"
2030R29F
2036R29F
2042R29F
2048R29F
2054R29F
2060R29F
767
781
794
829
858
887
908
939
966
1001
1030
1056
865
894
920
953
981
1006
960
995
1037
1079
1117
1156
1054
1109
1164
1224
1278
1333
1156
1222
1293
1365
1427
1498
24"
2430R29F
2436R29F
2442R29F
2448R29F
2454R29F
2460R29F
802
816
829
858
887
915
951
980
1008
1038
1073
1101
906
933
960
989
1022
1049
1008
1050
1085
1129
1174
1215
1096
1151
1204
1258
1317
1372
1209
1277
1342
1413
1484
1554
A B
Right return with FF pedestal on right
(H)
HOW TO ORDER?
Left return :
M___
Serie
...
F
Specify
...
(AB) L
CODE
pedestal
M___
Right return:
Serie
...
(AB) R
...
CODE (Specify)
...
(Specify)
(H)
Specify
height
...
(H)
Specify
height
F
Specify
...
...
pedestal
FM(STD)
PM
SM
...
Specify
modesty
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
(PF location)
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF location)
...
Specify
grommets(PF)
Option
handles
ELPF(STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF style)
See section:
Accessories
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
Notes
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
p.8
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
37
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
RETURNS WITH "FE" or "EF"
COMBINATION PEDESTAL, 30" WIDTH
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND THREE FILE DRAWERS ON LEFT OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
INCLUDED: GROMMET, HJAB HANDLES AND FLUSH PLATES
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to
differences in the direction of the wood grain
as well as the thickness of the modesty panel.
CODE
A B
It is also possible to install
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20''
1383
1406
1418
1434
1556
1595
1624
1654
1482
1519
1547
1575
1631
1675
1714
1758
1738
1803
1858
1917
1899
1974
2042
2117
24"
FE2442L29
FE2448L29
FE2454L29
FE2460L29
1406
1417
1437
1448
1601
1631
1668
1699
1525
1553
1589
1618
1684
1728
1773
1817
1781
1838
1900
1957
1951
2025
2100
2175
20"
2042R29EF
2048R29EF
2054R29EF
2060R29EF
1383
1406
1418
1434
1556
1595
1624
1654
1482
1519
1547
1575
1631
1675
1714
1758
1738
1803
1858
1917
1899
1974
2042
2117
24"
2442R29EF
2448R29EF
2454R29EF
2460R29EF
1406
1417
1437
1448
1601
1631
1668
1699
1525
1553
1589
1618
1684
1728
1773
1817
1781
1838
1900
1957
1951
2025
2100
2175
two pedestals of a same type
under these returns
A
Right return with 30" FE pedestal on right
It is also possible to install
(H)
FE2042L29
FE2048L29
FE2054L29
FE2060L29
Left return with 30" FE pedestal on left
two pedestals of a same type
under these returns
B
(H)
HOW TO ORDER?
Left return :
M___
Serie
...
FE (STD)
EE
FF
Specify
pedestal
Right return:
M___
Serie
...
FM (STD)
(AB) L
...
CODE
(Specify)
(AB) R
...
CODE (Specify)
(H)
Specify
height
...
(H)
Specify
height
...
...
EF(STD)
EE
FF
Specify
...
pedestal
PM
SM
...
Specify
modesty
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
(PF location)
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF location)
...
Specify
grommets(PF)
Notes
Option
handles
ELPF(STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF style)
See section:
Accessories
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
p.8
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC) (in the empty space)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
38
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
RETURNS WITH CBCL OR BCCL
COMBINATION PEDESTAL, 30" WIDTH
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS, ONE FILE DRAWERS AND ONE LATERAL FILE DRAWER, ON LEFT
OR RIGHT. INCLUDED: GROMMET, HJAB HANDLES, FLUSH PLATES AND CROSSBARS
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain as well as the
thickness of the modesty panel.
tfl
CODE
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
C A B (H)
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20"
CBCL302042L29
CBCL302048L29
CBCL302054L29
CBCL302060L29
1340
1369
1397
1434
1489
1529
1567
1609
1405
1441
1475
1513
1544
1601
1641
1684
1660
1723
1788
1851
1809
1893
1967
2042
24"
CBCL302442L29
CBCL302448L29
CBCL302454L29
CBCL302460L29
1369
1397
1434
1462
1530
1569
1617
1664
1441
1475
1519
1563
1595
1646
1704
1758
1680
1758
1831
1900
1846
1944
2175
2353
20"
2042R29BCCL30
2048R29BCCL30
2054R29BCCL30
2060R29BCCL30
1340
1369
1397
1434
1489
1529
1567
1609
1405
1441
1475
1513
1544
1601
1641
1684
1660
1723
1788
1851
1809
1893
1967
2042
24"
2442R29BCCL30
2448R29BCCL30
2454R29BCCL30
2460R29BCCL30
1369
1397
1434
1462
1530
1569
1617
1664
1441
1475
1519
1563
1595
1646
1704
1758
1680
1758
1831
1900
1846
1944
2175
2353
Left return with 30" CBCL pedestal on left
A B
Right return with 30" BCCL pedestal on right
(H)
C
HOW TO ORDER?
FM (STD)
Left return :
M___
Serie
... CBCL 30
Specify
...
(AB) L
CODE
combination
pedestal
Right return:
M___
Serie
...
(AB) R
...
CODE (Specify)
(Specify)
(H)
Specify
height
...
(H)
Specify
height
... BCCL 30
Specify
...
...
combination
pedestal
PM
SM
...
Specify
modesty
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF location)
(PF location)
...
Specify
grommets(PF)
Notes
Option
handles
ELPF(STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF style)
See section:
Accessories
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
p.8
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC) (in the empty space)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
Handles
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
p.189
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
39
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
RETURNS WITH CBCL OR BCCL
COMBINATION PEDESTAL, 36" WIDTH
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain as well as the
thickness of the modesty panel.
CODE
Left return with 36" CBCL pedestal on left
C A B
24"
20"
24"
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
CBCL362048L29
CBCL362054L29
CBCL362060L29
1447
1475
1510
1610
1650
1689
1519
1553
1589
1684
1721
1764
1803
1865
1929
1974
2048
2122
CBCL362448L29
CBCL362454L29
CBCL362460L29
1475
1517
1559
1651
1697
1744
1553
1595
1639
1728
1788
1841
1838
1907
1979
2025
2258
2437
2048R29BCCL36
2054R29BCCL36
2060R29BCCL36
1447
1475
1510
1610
1650
1689
1519
1553
1589
1684
1721
1764
1803
1865
1929
1974
2048
2122
2448R29BCCL36
2454R29BCCL36
2460R29BCCL36
1475
1517
1559
1651
1697
1744
1553
1595
1639
1728
1788
1841
1838
1907
1979
2025
2258
2437
A
Right return with 36" BCCL pedestal on right
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS, ONE FILE DRAWER AND ONE LATERAL FILE DRAWER, ON LEFT OR
RIGHT / INCLUDED: GROMMET, HJAB HANDLES, FLUSH PLATES AND CROSSBARS
20"
tfl
B
(H)
(H)
C
HOW TO ORDER?
Left return :
M___
Serie
... CBCL 36
Specify
combination
pedestal
Right return:
M___
Serie
...
(AB) L
...
CODE
(Specify)
(H)
(AB) R
...
Specify
CODE (Specify)
height
...
(H)
Specify
height
... BCCL 36
Specify
...
...
combination
pedestal
FM (STD)
PM
SM
...
Specify
modesty
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
(PF location)
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
...
Option
handles
ELPF(STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF location)
See section:
Accessories
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
Notes
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
p.8
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC) (in the empty space)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
40
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
RETURNS WITH LATERAL FILE DRAWERS
30" WIDTH
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
TWO LATERAL FILE DRAWERS ON LEFT OR RIGHT / INCLUDED: GROMMET, HJAB HANDLES,
FLUSH PLATES AND CROSSBARS
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain as well as the
thickness of the modesty panel.
tfl
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20"
CL302042L29
CL302048L29
CL302054L29
CL302060L29
1000
1019
1032
1045
1126
1150
1180
1220
1028
1066
1107
1142
1154
1199
1251
1296
1283
1348
1419
1482
1423
1497
1578
1654
24"
CL302442L29
CL302448L29
CL302454L29
CL302460L29
1063
1077
1092
1107
1137
1181
1229
1267
1066
1107
1151
1185
1199
1259
1311
1365
1318
1391
1462
1525
1467
1556
1641
1691
20"
2042R29CL30
2048R29CL30
2054R29CL30
2060R29CL30
1000
1019
1032
1045
1126
1150
1180
1220
1028
1066
1107
1142
1154
1199
1251
1296
1283
1348
1419
1482
1423
1497
1578
1654
24"
2442R29CL30
2448R29CL30
2454R29CL30
2460R29CL30
1063
1077
1092
1107
1137
1181
1229
1267
1066
1107
1151
1185
1199
1259
1311
1365
1318
1391
1462
1525
1467
1556
1641
1691
CODE
C
Left return with 30" file drawers on left
A
Right return with 30" file drawers on right
B
A B
(H)
(H)
C
HOW TO ORDER?
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
FM (STD)
Left return :
M___
Serie
...
CL 30
Specify
...
(AB) L
CODE
cabinet
Right return:
M___
Serie
...
(AB) R
...
CODE (Specify)
(Specify)
(H)
Specify
height
...
(H)
Specify
height
... CL 30
Specify
...
...
cabinet
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
...
(PF location)
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF location)
...
Specify
grommets(PF)
Option
handles
ELPF(STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF style)
See section:
Accessories
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
Notes
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
p.8
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC) (in the empty space)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
41
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
RETURNS WITH LATERAL FILE DRAWERS
36" WIDTH
tfl
24"
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
CL362048L29
CL362054L29
CL362060L29
1032
1045
1063
1205
1256
1295
1134
1178
1213
1274
1327
1370
1419
1491
1553
1572
1654
1728
CL362448L29
CL362454L29
CL362460L29
1094
1107
1123
1257
1303
1342
1178
1221
1256
1332
1384
1437
1462
1475
1595
1631
1714
1781
2048R29CL36
2054R29CL36
2060R29CL36
1032
1045
1063
1205
1256
1295
1134
1178
1213
1274
1327
1370
1419
1491
1553
1572
1654
1728
2448R29CL36
2454R29CL36
2460R29CL36
1094
1107
1123
1257
1303
1342
1178
1221
1256
1332
1384
1437
1462
1475
1595
1631
1714
1781
A B
24"
hpl
1"
Right return with 36" file drawers on right
20"
tfl
ML
CODE
C A B (H)
Left return with 36" file drawers on left
20"
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO LATERAL FILE DRAWERS ON LEFT OR RIGHT / INCLUDED: GROMMET, HJAB HANDLES,
FLUSH PLATES AND CROSSBARS
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain as well as the
thickness of the modesty panel.
tfl
(H)
C
HOW TO ORDER?
Left return :
M___
Serie
... CL 36
Specify
...
(AB) L
CODE
cabinet
Right return:
M___
Serie
...
(AB) R
...
CODE (Specify)
(Specify)
(H)
Specify
height
...
(H)
Specify
height
... CL 36
Specify
cabinet
FM (STD)
PM
SM
...
...
Specify
modesty
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
...
(PF location)
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
...
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
Option
handles
ELPF(STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF location)
See section:
Accessories
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
Notes
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Grommet positions
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC) (in the empty space)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
42
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
RETURNS WITH LATERAL FILE DRAWERS
42" WIDTH
CODE
C A B
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO LATERAL FILE DRAWRS ON LEFT OR RIGHT / INCLUDED: GROMMET, HJAB HANDLES,
FLUSH PLATES AND CROSSBARS
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain as well as the
thickness of the modesty panel.
tfl
(H)
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20"
CL422054L29
CL422060L29
1063
1077
1344
1384
1264
1300
1415
1461
1575
1639
1743
1817
24"
CL422454L29
CL422460L29
1123
1139
1392
1431
1305
1340
1475
1525
1618
1680
1803
1870
Left return with 42" file drawers on left
A B
Right return with 42" file drawers on right
(H)
C
20"
2054R29CL42
2060R29CL42
1063
1077
1344
1384
1264
1300
1415
1461
1575
1639
1743
1817
24"
2454R29CL42
2460R29CL42
1123
1139
1392
1431
1305
1340
1475
1525
1618
1680
1803
1870
HOW TO ORDER?
Left return :
M___
Serie
... CL 42
Specify
...
(AB) L
CODE
cabinet
Right return:
M___
Serie
... ( A B ) R
...
CODE (Specify)
(Specify)
(H)
Specify
height
...
(H)
Specify
height
... CL 42
Specify
FM (STD)
PM
SM
...
Specify
modesty
...
...
cabinet
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
(PF location)
(PF style)
...
Specify
grommets(PF)
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF location)
Specify
grommets(PF)
Option
handles
ELPF(STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF style)
See section:
Accessories
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
Notes
Modesties
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
p.8
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC) (in the empty space)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
Handles
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
p.189
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
43
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
RETURNS WITH CABINET
30" WIDTH
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
2-DOOR CABINET ON LEFT OR RIGHT / INCLUDED: GROMMET, HJAB HANDLES, FLUSH
PLATES AND 1 ADJUSTABLE SHELF
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences in
the direction of the wood grain as well as the thickness
of the modesty panel.
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20"
AR302042L29
AR302048L29
AR302054L29
AR302060L29
853
867
883
896
970
995
1019
1053
909
932
953
984
1019
1047
1078
1125
1167
1216
1266
1325
1287
1344
1406
1479
24"
AR302442L29
AR302448L29
AR302454L29
AR302460L29
883
896
909
926
1017
1044
1069
1103
953
975
997
1027
1078
1107
1139
1184
1209
1259
1309
1367
1346
1405
1467
1542
20"
2042R29AR30
2048R29AR30
2054R29AR30
2060R29AR30
853
867
883
896
970
995
1019
1053
909
932
953
984
1019
1047
1078
1125
1167
1216
1266
1325
1287
1344
1406
1479
24"
2442R29AR30
2448R29AR30
2454R29AR30
2460R29AR30
883
896
909
926
1017
1044
1069
1103
953
975
997
1027
1078
1107
1139
1184
1209
1259
1309
1367
1346
1405
1467
1542
CODE
C
Left return with 30" cabinet on left
A B
Right return with 30" cabinet on right
A B (H)
(H)
C
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Left return :
Serie
... AR 30
Specify
...
(AB) L
CODE
cabinet
Right return:
M___
Serie
...
(AB) R
...
CODE (Specify)
(Specify)
(H)
Specify
height
...
(H)
Specify
height
... AR 30
Specify
...
...
cabinet
FM
PM
SM
Specify
modesty
FM
PM
SM
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
(STD)
...
...
(PF style)
...
Specify
grommets(PF)
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
(STD)
Specify
modesty
(PF location)
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
Notes
Option
handles
ELPF(STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF location)
See section:
Accessories
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
p.8
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC) (in the empty space)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
44
July 21, 2015 | USAp.178
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
RETURNS WITH CABINET
36" WIDTH
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
2-DOOR CABINET ON LEFT OR RIGHT / INCLUDED: GROMMET, HJAB HANDLES, FLUSH
PLATES AND 1 ADJUSTABLE SHELF
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain as well as the
thickness of the modesty panel.
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
AR362048L29
AR362054L29
AR362060L29
896
909
926
1025
1050
1084
962
984
1012
1078
1107
1153
1245
1298
1351
1376
1435
1510
AR362448L29
AR362454L29
AR362460L29
926
941
953
1044
1069
1103
975
997
1027
1107
1139
1184
1259
1309
1367
1405
1467
1542
2048R29AR36
2054R29AR36
2060R29AR36
896
909
926
1025
1050
1084
962
984
1012
1078
1107
1153
1245
1298
1351
1376
1435
1510
2448R29AR36
2454R29AR36
2460R29AR36
926
941
953
1044
1069
1103
975
997
1027
1107
1139
1184
1259
1309
1367
1405
1467
1542
CODE
C A B
Left return with 36" cabinet on left
20"
24"
A
Right return with 36" cabinet on right
20"
24"
hpl
B
(H)
(H)
C
HOW TO ORDER?
Left return :
M___
Serie
... AR 36
Specify
...
(AB) L
CODE
(Specify)
cabinet
Right return:
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
...
R
CODE (Specify)
...
(H)
Specify
height
...
(H)
...
Specify
height
AR 36
Specify
...
cabinet
FM (STD)
PM
SM
...
Specify
modesty
FM
PM
SM
(PF location)
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF style)
Specify
grommets(PF)
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
(STD)
Specify
modesty
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
NGR
(PF location)
...
Specify
grommets(PF)
Option
handles
ELPF(STD)
HAPF ($)
(PF style)
See section:
Accessories
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
Notes
See
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Grommet positions
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC) (in the empty space)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
Handles
p.8
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
45
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
BRIDGES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
USED TO CONNECT FREESTANDING COMPONENTS
tfl
hpl
INCLUDED: GROMMET AND FLUSH PLATES
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to
differences in the direction of the wood grain as well
as the thickness of the modesty panel.
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
2036BR
2042BR
2048BR
299
313
325
411
424
464
391
404
442
470
500
544
619
659
724
709
768
842
2436BR
2442BR
2448BR
348
363
404
455
470
506
433
448
482
528
551
604
659
703
766
768
820
901
2036BRT
2042BRT
2048BRT
100
114
128
153
179
202
135
157
177
202
239
269
306
355
404
381
446
506
2436BRT
2442BRT
2448BRT
114
128
142
187
217
245
165
192
214
246
284
321
333
391
442
424
492
558
CODE
A B
Bridge
20"
24"
A
Bridge top only
20"
24"
B
HOW TO ORDER?
Bridge:
M___
Serie
(AB)
...
BR
CODE (Specify)
...
GRR
GRL
GRC (STD)
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
NGR
(PF location) (PF style)
...
Mention
Specify
FM (STD)
PM
SM
grommets style
Bridge top only:
M___
Serie
( A B ) BRT
... CODE (Specify)
GRR
GRL
ELPF (STD)
GRC (STD)
HAPF ($)
NGR
(PF location) (PF style)
...
Specify
grommets (PF)
Notes
See
Modesties (for bridges)
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
p.8
If the grommet position is not specified, the standard is centered (GRC)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
p.8
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
46
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
ARCHED TABLES
FREESTANDING ARCHED TABLES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
INCLUDED: GROMMET, TWO 4" SQUARE BLACK METAL LEGS
tfl
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to
differences in the direction of the wood grain and
the thickness of the end gable.
CODE
Left arched table
A B C
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
306042AY
306642AY
307242AY
308442AY
882
908
937
992
1122
1177
1227
1332
1030
1076
1122
1213
1331
1405
1477
1624
1488
1570
1674
1822
1812
1923
2057
2263
366048AY
366648AY
367248AY
368448AY
1092
1004
1028
1077
1256
1308
1361
1467
1151
1197
1242
1334
1493
1571
1646
1800
1762
1843
1922
1972
2136
2248
2359
2472
426030AY
426630AY
427230AY
428430AY
882
908
937
992
1122
1177
1227
1332
1030
1076
1122
1213
1331
1405
1477
1624
1488
1570
1674
1822
1812
1923
2057
2263
486036AY
486636AY
487236AY
488436AY
1092
1004
1028
1077
1256
1308
1361
1467
1151
1197
1242
1334
1493
1571
1646
1800
1762
1843
1922
1972
2136
2248
2359
2472
A B C
Right arched table
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
( A B C)
Specify
...
AY
CODE
...
4SQBL (STD)
6 (BL ou SN)
4.5 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
OVAD (BL ou SN)
Specify
Legs type
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
Specify
grommets style
See
Notes
Legs
If the choice of legs is not specified, the standard is two 4" square black metal legs (4SQBL)
Choice of legs:
- 4.5BL or 4.5SN, no charge
- OVASBL or OVASSN (add $113 retail to table price)
- 2.5BL or IFNSN (subtract $113 retail from table price)
- 6BL, 6SN, OVADBL or OVADSN (add $113 retail to table price)
Grommet styles
p.179
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
47
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
SIN711-2
"D", "P" AND "Q" TABLES
WITHOUT END GABLE
tfl
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
TOPS TO BE ATTACHED TO THE TOP OF ANOTHER FREESTANDING ITEM
hpl
MAW MAWL
INCLUDED: 4-1/2" BLACK METAL LEG AND FLUSH PLATES
NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
3054TD
3060TD
3066TD
3072TD
521
541
559
575
574
679
726
758
611
619
659
688
760
774
842
901
1005
1031
1057
1085
1177
1203
1232
1259
3660TD
3666TD
3672TD
3684TD
546
581
619
688
758
799
854
1010
688
724
771
915
901
952
1028
1215
1212
1238
1265
1291
1451
1478
1507
1535
304260TQ
304266TQ
304272TQ
304284TQ
693
729
769
845
905
947
1012
1213
823
858
917
1099
1072
1130
1213
1446
1695
1721
1747
1775
1966
1993
2020
2048
364872TQ
364884TQ
884
922
1143
1296
1034
1170
1350
1561
1904
1930
2282
2309
303660TPL
303666TPL
303672TPL
303684TPL
611
631
652
703
828
869
911
1078
755
791
827
979
971
1026
1083
1244
1453
1480
1506
1532
1689
1717
1745
1772
364260TPL
364266TPL
364272TPL
364284TPL
646
681
716
802
905
947
1010
1213
823
858
915
1099
1058
1126
1204
1447
1590
1617
1643
1669
1854
1882
1910
1938
303660TPR
303666TPR
303672TPR
303684TPR
611
631
652
703
828
869
911
1078
755
791
827
979
971
1026
1083
1244
1453
1480
1506
1532
1689
1717
1745
1772
364260TPR
364266TPR
364272TPR
364284TPR
646
681
716
802
905
947
1010
1213
823
858
915
1099
1058
1126
1204
1447
1590
1617
1643
1669
1854
1882
1910
1938
CODE
A B
D-shaped table without end gable
A B C
Q-shaped table without end gable
A B C
Left P-shaped table without end gable
A B C
Right P-shaped table without end gable
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
Specify
...
TD
CODE
...
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
OVAD (BL ou SN)
M___
OR
Serie
Specify
Leg type
...
(ABC)
...
CODE (Specify)
CODE
OPTIONS
Legs
TQ
TPL
TPR
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
... OVAD (BL ou SN)
Specify
Leg type
See
If the choice of leg is not specified, the standard is 4-1/2" round black metal (4.5BL)
Choice of legs:
- 4.5SN (no charge)
- 4SQBL or 4SQSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 2.5BL or IFNSN (subtract $57 retail from table price)
- OVASBL or OVASSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 6BL, 6SN, OVADBL or OVADSN (add $57 retail to table price)
p.179
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
48
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
"D" OR "P" TABLES
FREESTANDING D OR P TABLES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
INCLUDED: GROMMET AND ONE 4-1/2" BLACK METAL LEG
tfl
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to
differences in the direction of the wood grain and
the thickness of the end gable.
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
3060TDG
3066TDG
3072TDG
3084TDG
652
675
688
766
782
831
863
943
716
759
788
859
901
962
1006
1110
1132
1158
1185
1327
1306
1334
1363
1601
3660TDG
3666TDG
3672TDG
3684TDG
667
703
737
851
878
920
974
1129
802
838
887
1028
1021
1073
1149
1332
1327
1352
1379
1405
1572
1598
1626
1654
303660TPGL
303666TPGL
303672TPGL
303684TPGL
724
745
766
846
924
964
996
1169
846
881
907
1066
1092
1120
1167
1345
1541
1567
1593
1619
1796
1824
1851
1878
364260TPGL
364266TPGL
364272TPGL
364284TPGL
802
816
829
921
995
1037
1098
1301
907
943
999
1185
1162
1222
1304
1535
1675
1702
1728
1754
1968
1995
2022
2050
303660TPGR
303666TPGR
303672TPGR
303684TPGR
724
745
766
846
924
964
996
1169
846
881
907
1066
1092
1120
1167
1345
1541
1567
1593
1619
1796
1824
1851
1878
364260TPGR
364266TPGR
364272TPGR
364284TPGR
802
816
829
921
995
1037
1098
1301
907
943
999
1185
1162
1222
1304
1535
1675
1702
1728
1754
1968
1995
2022
2050
CODE
A B
D table with end gable
A B C
Left P table with end gable
A B C
Right P table with end gable
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
D Table :
Serie
...
(AB)
Specify
...
TDG
CODE
...
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
OVAD (BL ou SN)
Specify
Leg type
OR
P Table :
M___
Serie
...
(ABC)
Specify
OPTIONS
Legs
hpl
...
TPG
CODE
...
L
R
Mention
side
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
...
Specify
grommet style
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
OVAD (BL ou SN)
Specify
Leg type
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
Specify
grommet style
See
If the choice of leg is not specified, the standard is 4-1/2" round black metal (4.5BL)
Choice of legs:
- 4.5SN (no charge)
- 4SQBL or 4SQSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 2.5BL or IFNSN (subtract $57 retail from table price)
- OVASBL or OVASSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 6BL, 6SN, OVADBL or OVADSN (add $57 retail to table price)
Grommet styles
p.179
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
49
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
SIN711-2
EXTENDED D TABLES
FREESTANDING D TABLES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
INCLUDED: GROMMET AND ONE 4-1/2" BLACK METAL LEG
tfl
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to
differences in the direction of the wood grain
and the thickness of the end gable.
MAW MAWL
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
30604820TDAGL
30664820TDAGL
30724820TDAGL
30844820TDAGL
1066
1094
1113
1164
1244
1310
1395
1495
1135
1199
1275
1361
1430
1520
1624
1770
1890
1917
1944
1969
2167
2196
2223
2249
30604824TDAGL
30664824TDAGL
30724824TDAGL
30844824TDAGL
1066
1094
1113
1164
1244
1310
1395
1495
1135
1199
1275
1361
1430
1520
1624
1770
1890
1917
1944
1969
2167
2196
2223
2249
36665420TDAGL
36725420TDAGL
36845420TDAGL
1170
1191
1242
1446
1509
1633
1320
1375
1488
1681
1765
1912
2143
2170
2196
2459
2487
2515
36665424TDAGL
36725424TDAGL
36845424TDAGL
1170
1191
1242
1446
1509
1633
1320
1375
1488
1681
1765
1912
2143
2170
2196
2459
2487
2515
A B C D
with end gable
36"
hpl
ML
CODE
Left D table extended to the right
30"
hpl
tfl
Right D table extended to the left
A B C D
with end gable
20486030TDAGR
20486630TDAGR
20487230TDAGR
20488430TDAGR
1066
1094
1113
1164
1244
1310
1395
1495
1135
1199
1275
1361
1430
1520
1624
1770
1890
1917
1944
1969
2167
2196
2223
2249
24486030TDAGR
24486630TDAGR
24487230TDAGR
24488430TDAGR
1066
1094
1113
1164
1244
1310
1395
1495
1135
1199
1275
1361
1430
1520
1624
1770
1890
1917
1944
1969
2167
2196
2223
2249
20546636TDAGR
20547236TDAGR
20548436TDAGR
1170
1191
1242
1446
1509
1633
1320
1375
1488
1681
1765
1912
2143
2170
2196
2459
2487
2515
24546636TDAGR
24547236TDAGR
24548436TDAGR
1170
1191
1242
1446
1509
1633
1320
1375
1488
1681
1765
1912
2143
2170
2196
2459
2487
2515
30"
36"
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
L
R
( ABCD )
TDAG
...
...
...
Mention
CODE (Specify)
CODE
side
...
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
OVAD (BL ou SN)
SPECIFY
Leg type
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
...
Specify
grommet style
OPTIONS
Legs
See
If the choice of leg is not specified, the standard is 4-1/2" round black metal (4.5BL)
Choice of legs:
- 4.5SN (no charge)
- 4SQBL or 4SQSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 2.5BL or IFNSN (subtract $57 retail from table price)
- OVASBL or OVASSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 6BL, 6SN, OVADBL or OVADSN (add $57 retail to table price)
Grommet styles
p.179
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
50
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
EXTENDED P TABLES
FREESTANDING P TABLES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
INCLUDED: GROMMET AND ONE 4-1/2" BLACK METAL LEG
tfl
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to
differences in the direction of the wood grain
and the thickness of the end gable.
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
30604820TPAGL
30664820TPAGL
30724820TPAGL
30844820TPAGL
1163
1180
1199
1227
1403
1465
1527
1658
1291
1345
1401
1516
1592
1674
1757
1925
2104
2131
2157
2184
2398
2424
2453
2481
30604824TPAGL
30664824TPAGL
30724824TPAGL
30844824TPAGL
1163
1180
1199
1227
1403
1465
1527
1658
1291
1345
1401
1516
1592
1674
1757
1925
2104
2131
2157
2184
2398
2424
2453
2481
36665420TPAGL
36725420TPAGL
36845420TPAGL
1238
1256
1305
1598
1663
1793
1466
1522
1636
1834
1919
2093
2444
2470
2496
2752
2780
2808
36665424TPAGL
36725424TPAGL
36845424TPAGL
1238
1256
1305
1598
1663
1793
1466
1522
1636
1834
1919
2093
2444
2470
2496
2752
2780
2808
CODE
Left P table extended to the right
A B C D
with end gable
30"
36"
hpl
Right P table extended to the left
A B C D
with end gable
20486030TPAGR
20486630TPAGR
20487230TPAGR
20488430TPAGR
1163
1180
1199
1227
1403
1465
1527
1658
1291
1345
1401
1516
1592
1674
1757
1925
2104
2131
2157
2184
2398
2424
2453
2481
24486030TPAGR
24486630TPAGR
24487230TPAGR
24488430TPAGR
1163
1180
1199
1227
1403
1465
1527
1658
1291
1345
1401
1516
1592
1674
1757
1925
2104
2131
2157
2184
2398
2424
2453
2481
20546636TPAGR
20547236TPAGR
20548436TPAGR
1238
1256
1305
1598
1663
1793
1466
1522
1636
1834
1919
2093
2444
2470
2496
2752
2780
2808
24546636TPAGR
24547236TPAGR
24548436TPAGR
1238
1256
1305
1598
1663
1793
1466
1522
1636
1834
1919
2093
2444
2470
2496
2752
2780
2808
30"
36"
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
( ABCD )
Specify
OPTIONS
Legs
...
TPAG
CODE
...
L
R
Mention
side
...
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
OVAD (BL ou SN)
SPECIFY
Leg type
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
Specify
grommet style
See
If the choice of leg is not specified, the standard is 4-1/2" round black metal (4.5BL)
Choice of legs:
- 4.5SN (no charge)
- 4SQBL or 4SQSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 2.5BL or IFNSN (subtract $57 retail from table price)
- OVASBL or OVASSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 6BL, 6SN, OVADBL or OVADSN (add $57 retail to table price)
Grommet styles
p.179
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
51
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
D TABLES WITH MODESTY
FREESTANDING D TABLES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
INCLUDED: GROMMET AND ONE 4-1/2" BLACK METAL LEG
tfl
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to
differences in the direction of the wood grain
and the thickness of the end gable.
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
3054TDML
3060TDML
3066TDML
3072TDML
699
724
745
759
878
907
948
984
811
836
871
903
985
1026
1079
1127
1249
1276
1302
1328
1428
1455
1484
1512
3660TDML
3666TDML
3672TDML
3684TDML
737
771
809
921
980
1030
1085
1223
899
942
993
1118
1158
1187
1257
1423
1469
1495
1520
1547
1721
1747
1775
1803
CODE
Left D table with end gable
A B
and L modesty (laminate)
Right D table with end gable
A B
and L modesty (laminate)
3054TDMR
3060TDMR
3066TDMR
3072TDMR
699
724
745
759
878
907
948
984
811
836
871
903
985
1026
1079
1127
1249
1276
1302
1328
1428
1455
1484
1512
3660TDMR
3666TDMR
3672TDMR
3684TDMR
737
771
809
921
980
1030
1085
1223
899
942
993
1118
1158
1187
1257
1423
1469
1495
1520
1547
1721
1747
1775
1803
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
Specify
...
TDM
CODE
...
L
R
Mention
side
...
SM (STD)
PM
FM
Specify
modesty
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
... OVAD (BL ou SN)
Specify
Leg type
OPTIONS
Modesties
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is 18-1/2" high (SM)
Options PM (10" high) or FM (full) are also available at no charge
Legs
p.8
If the choice of leg is not specified, the standard is 4-1/2" round black metal (4.5BL)
Choice of legs:
- 4.5SN (no charge)
- 4SQBL or 4SQSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 2.5BL or IFNSN (subtract $57 retail from table price)
- OVASBL or OVASSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 6BL, 6SN, OVADBL or OVADSN (add $57 retail to table price)
Grommet styles
p.179
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
52
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
P TABLES WITH MODESTY
FREESTANDING P TABLES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
INCLUDED: GROMMET AND ONE 4-1/2" BLACK METAL LEG
tfl
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to
differences in the direction of the wood grain
and the thickness of the end gable.
CODE
Left P table with end gable
A B C
and L modesty (laminate)
hpl
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
303660TPML
303666TPML
303672TPML
303684TPML
794
816
838
954
1049
1090
1127
1277
965
1000
1032
1169
1191
1247
1298
1477
1681
1708
1733
1759
1946
1973
1999
2027
364260TPML
364266TPML
364272TPML
364284TPML
860
901
925
1053
1115
1163
1229
1371
1022
1064
1123
1250
1282
1346
1429
1605
1816
1843
1869
1895
2118
2144
2172
2200
Right P table with end gable
A B C
and L modesty (laminate)
303660TPMR
303666TPMR
303672TPMR
303684TPMR
794
816
838
954
1049
1090
1127
1277
965
1000
1032
1169
1191
1247
1298
1477
1681
1708
1733
1759
1946
1973
1999
2027
364260TPMR
364266TPMR
364272TPMR
364284TPMR
860
901
925
1053
1115
1163
1229
1371
1022
1064
1123
1250
1282
1346
1429
1605
1816
1843
1869
1895
2118
2144
2172
2200
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(ABC)
Specify
...
TPM
CODE
...
L
R
Mention
side
...
SM (STD)
PM
FM
Specify
modesty
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
... OVAD (BL ou SN)
Specify
Leg type
OPTIONS
Modesties
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is 18-1/2" high (SM)
Options PM (10" high) or FM (full) are also available at no charge
Legs
p.8
If the choice of leg is not specified, the standard is 4-1/2" round black metal (4.5BL)
Choice of legs:
- 4.5SN (no charge)
- 4SQBL or 4SQSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 2.5BL or IFNSN (subtract $57 retail from table price)
- OVASBL or OVASSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 6BL, 6SN, OVADBL or OVADSN (add $57 retail to table price)
Grommet styles
p.179
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
53
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
EXTENDED D TABLES WITH MODESTY
FREESTANDING EXTENDED D TABLES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
INCLUDED: GROMMET AND ONE 4-1/2" BLACK METAL LEG
tfl
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to
differences in the direction of the wood grain and
the thickness of the end gable.
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
30604820TDAML
30664820TDAML
30724820TDAML
30844820TDAML
1264
1291
1311
1361
1450
1518
1602
1702
1333
1396
1472
1558
1637
1727
1831
1977
2087
2115
2140
2166
2375
2402
2429
2457
30604824TDAML
30664824TDAML
30724824TDAML
30844824TDAML
1264
1291
1311
1361
1450
1518
1602
1702
1333
1396
1472
1558
1637
1727
1831
1977
2087
2115
2140
2166
2375
2402
2429
2457
36665420TDAML
36725420TDAML
36845420TDAML
1368
1388
1439
1653
1716
1841
1517
1573
1686
1888
1973
2119
2341
2367
2393
2666
2695
2723
36665424TDAML
36725424TDAML
36845424TDAML
1368
1388
1439
1653
1716
1841
1517
1573
1686
1888
1973
2119
2341
2367
2393
2666
2695
2723
CODE
Left D table extended to the right
A B
with end gable and L modesty
(laminate)
hpl
C D
Right D table extended to the left
A B C D
with end gable and L modesty
20486030TDAMR
20486630TDAMR
20487230TDAMR
20488430TDAMR
1264
1291
1311
1361
1450
1518
1602
1702
1333
1396
1472
1558
1637
1727
1831
1977
2087
2115
2140
2166
2375
2402
2429
2457
24486030TDAMR
24486630TDAMR
24487230TDAMR
24488430TDAMR
1264
1291
1311
1361
1450
1518
1602
1702
1333
1396
1472
1558
1637
1727
1831
1977
2087
2115
2140
2166
2375
2402
2429
2457
20546636TDAMR
20547236TDAMR
20548436TDAMR
1368
1388
1439
1653
1716
1841
1517
1573
1686
1888
1973
2119
2341
2367
2393
2666
2695
2723
24546636TDAMR
24547236TDAMR
24548436TDAMR
1368
1388
1439
1653
1716
1841
1517
1573
1686
1888
1973
2119
2341
2367
2393
2666
2695
2723
(laminate)
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
TDAM
(ABCD)
...
CODE (Specify)
CODE
...
OPTIONS
Modesties
L
R
Mention
side
...
SM (STD)
PM
FM
Specify
modesty
...
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
OVAD (BL ou SN)
SPECIFY
Leg type
Options PM (10" high) or FM (full) are also available at no charge
Legs
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is 18-1/2" high (SM)
p.8
If the choice of leg is not specified, the standard is 4-1/2" round black metal (4.5BL)
Choice of legs:
- 4.5SN (no charge)
- 4SQBL or 4SQSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 2.5BL or IFNSN (subtract $57 retail from table price)
- OVASBL or OVASSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 6BL, 6SN, OVADBL or OVADSN (add $57 retail to table price)
Grommet styles
p.179
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
54
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
EXTENDED P TABLES WITH MODESTY
FREESTANDING EXTENDED P TABLES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
INCLUDED: GROMMET AND ONE 4-1/2" BLACK METAL LEG
tfl
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to
differences in the direction of the wood grain
and the thickness of the end gable.
MARL
hpl
MAW MAWL
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
30604820TPAML
30664820TPAML
30724820TPAML
30844820TPAML
1360
1378
1396
1424
1610
1672
1735
1866
1487
1542
1598
1713
1799
1881
1962
2132
2301
2329
2355
2380
2604
2631
2661
2688
30604824TPAML
30664824TPAML
30724824TPAML
30844824TPAML
1360
1378
1396
1424
1610
1672
1735
1866
1487
1542
1598
1713
1799
1881
1962
2132
2301
2329
2355
2380
2604
2631
2661
2688
36665420TPAML
36725420TPAML
36845420TPAML
1436
1452
1503
1806
1870
1999
1663
1720
1833
2042
2127
2300
2641
2667
2693
2960
2987
3015
36665424TPAML
36725424TPAML
36845424TPAML
1436
1452
1503
1806
1870
1999
1663
1720
1833
2042
2127
2300
2641
2667
2693
2960
2987
3015
20486030TPAMR
20486630TPAMR
20487230TPAMR
20488430TPAMR
1360
1378
1396
1424
1610
1672
1735
1866
1487
1542
1598
1713
1799
1881
1962
2132
2301
2329
2355
2380
2604
2631
2661
2688
24486030TPAMR
24486630TPAMR
24487230TPAMR
24488430TPAMR
1360
1378
1396
1424
1610
1672
1735
1866
1487
1542
1598
1713
1799
1881
1962
2132
2301
2329
2355
2380
2604
2631
2661
2688
20546636TPAMR
20547236TPAMR
20548436TPAMR
1436
1452
1503
1806
1870
1999
1663
1720
1833
2042
2127
2300
2641
2667
2693
2960
2987
3015
24546636TPAMR
24547236TPAMR
24548436TPAMR
1436
1452
1503
1806
1870
1999
1663
1720
1833
2042
2127
2300
2641
2667
2693
2960
2987
3015
with end gable and L modesty
A B C D
Right P table extended to the left
with end gable and L modesty
(laminate)
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
TPAM
(ABCD)
...
CODE (Specify)
CODE
...
L
R
Mention
side
...
SM (STD)
PM
FM
Specify
modesty
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
... OVAD (BL ou SN)
SPECIFY
Leg type
OPTIONS
See
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is 18-1/2" high (SM)
Options PM (10" high) or FM (full) are also available at no charge
Legs
MAR
tfl
1"
A B C D
Modesties
hpl
ML
CODE
Left P table extended to the right
(laminate)
hpl
tfl
p.8
If the choice of leg is not specified, the standard is 4-1/2" round black metal (4.5BL)
Choice of legs:
- 4.5SN (no charge)
- 4SQBL or 4SQSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 2.5BL or IFNSN (subtract $57 retail from table price)
- OVASBL or OVASSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 6BL, 6SN, OVADBL or OVADSN (add $57 retail to table price)
Grommet styles
p.179
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
55
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
END TABLES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARD:
hpl
WITH ONE 4-1/2" BLACK METAL LEG AND FLUSH PLATES
CODE
A
Quarter-moon end table
B
2020T90R
2424T90R
3030T90R
3636T90R
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
251
280
308
361
305
352
414
507
283
325
380
462
334
413
471
586
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
274
310
340
419
353
405
468
610
325
374
428
561
401
464
554
753
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
331
349
389
457
476
510
584
710
433
464
529
639
572
617
715
880
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
A B
Half-moon end table
1836T180R
2040T180R
2448T180R
3060T180R
A B C
Q-shaped end table
183036TQ
203238TQ
243642TQ
304248TQ
HOW TO ORDER?
Quarter- and half-moon table:
Q-shaped end table:
M___
Serie
M___
Serie
...
...
(AB)
Specify
(ABC)
Specify
...
...
T90R
T180R
CODE
TQ
CODE
...
...
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
OVAD (BL ou SN)
Specify
Leg type
4.5 BL (STD)
4.5 SN
4SQ (BL ou SN)
6 (BL ou SN)
2.5BL ou IFNSN
OVA (BL ou SN)
OVAD (BL ou SN)
Specify
Leg type
See
Notes
Legs
If the choice of leg is not specified, the standard is 4-1/2" round black metal (4.5BL)
Choice of legs:
- 4.5SN (no charge)
- 4SQBL or 4SQSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 2.5BL or IFNSN (subtract $57 retail from table price)
- OVASBL or OVASSN (add $57 retail to table price)
- 6BL, 6SN, OVADBL or OVADSN (add $57 retail to table price)
p.179
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
56
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
HOOK TABLES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARD: WITH GROMMET
Not compatible with lateral tables, due to differences
in the direction of the wood grain and the thickness
of the end gable.
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1049
1076
1105
1315
1363
1410
1218
1261
1303
1493
1556
1618
1530
1573
1643
1820
1898
1975
3072TCGRARW3
3078TCGRARW3
3084TCGRARW3
1049
1076
1105
1315
1363
1410
1218
1261
1303
1493
1556
1618
1530
1573
1643
1820
1898
1975
L
R
ARW3SN (STD)
ARW3BL
ARW5SN
ARW5BL
...
Specify
Leg type
CODE
A B
Left hook table with arrow base
hpl
3072TCGLARW3
3078TCGLARW3
3084TCGLARW3
A B
Right hook table with arrow base
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
...
(AB)
Specify
...
TCG
CODE
Mention
side
...
OPTIONS
Grommet styles
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
Specify
grommet style
See
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
57
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH D PEDESTAL(S)
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
ONE UTILITY DRAWER AND ONE FILE DRAWER ON LEFT AND/OR ON RIGHT
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS /
FLUSH MODESTY / NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20"
D2054
D2060
D2066
D2072
752
788
823
851
905
951
989
1037
846
887
922
965
975
1028
1073
1131
1086
1142
1192
1249
1222
1288
1347
1415
24"
D2454
D2460
D2466
D2472
794
823
851
881
967
1000
1047
1095
901
929
972
1017
1049
1095
1154
1209
1142
1185
1242
1300
1304
1365
1437
1506
20"
2054D
2060D
2066D
2072D
752
788
823
851
905
951
989
1037
846
887
922
965
975
1028
1073
1131
1086
1142
1192
1249
1222
1288
1347
1415
24"
2454D
2460D
2466D
2472D
794
823
851
881
967
1000
1047
1095
901
929
972
1017
1049
1095
1154
1209
1142
1185
1242
1300
1304
1365
1437
1506
20"
D2060D
D2066D
D2072D
921
951
988
1296
1335
1380
1214
1250
1292
1372
1416
1476
1470
1520
1576
1631
1693
1760
24"
D2460D
D2466D
D2472D
958
988
1017
1344
1392
1439
1258
1301
1343
1440
1498
1551
1514
1571
1626
1707
1781
1850
CODE
A B
Credenza with BF pedestal on left
A B
Credenza with BF pedestal on right
A B
Credenza with BF pedestals on left
and right
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
D
D
If pedestal
at the left
If pedestal
at the right
( AB)
CODE (Specify)
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
Position PF
modesty
Style PF
Option
grommets
See
Notes
Modesties
See section:
Accessories
...
Option
handles
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
Handles
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
58
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH E PEDESTAL(S)
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER ON LEFT AND/OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS
/ FLUSH MODESTY / NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
E2054
E2060
E2066
E2072
E2084
893
929
965
994
1107
1046
1093
1129
1178
1264
979
1022
1055
1099
1178
1119
1169
1215
1274
1370
1221
1277
1327
1383
1491
1365
1430
1490
1556
1668
E2454
E2460
E2466
E2472
E2484
937
965
994
1022
1134
1111
1143
1189
1236
1322
1038
1066
1107
1151
1227
1191
1237
1296
1347
1452
1277
1318
1378
1434
1540
1447
1506
1578
1646
1781
2054E
2060E
2066E
2072E
2084E
893
929
965
994
1107
1046
1093
1129
1178
1264
979
1022
1055
1099
1178
1119
1169
1215
1274
1370
1221
1277
1327
1383
1491
1365
1430
1490
1556
1668
2454E
2460E
2466E
2472E
2484E
937
965
994
1022
1134
1111
1143
1189
1236
1322
1038
1066
1107
1151
1227
1191
1237
1296
1347
1452
1277
1318
1378
1434
1540
1447
1506
1578
1646
1781
E2060E
E2066E
E2072E
E2084E
1207
1234
1269
1391
1391
1429
1476
1561
1305
1340
1383
1462
1475
1513
1569
1668
1563
1610
1668
1775
1743
1794
1870
1995
E2460E
E2466E
E2472E
E2484E
1213
1242
1277
1397
1399
1443
1490
1574
1309
1349
1393
1468
1490
1548
1597
1700
1604
1660
1717
1822
1803
1877
1944
2078
CODE
A B
Credenza with BBF pedestal on left
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with BBF pedestal on right
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with BBF pedestals on left
and right
20''
24''
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
E
E
If pedestal
at the left
If pedestal
at the right
...
( AB)
CODE (Specify)
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF location
modesty
PF style
Option
grommets
...
See
Notes
Modesties
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
Handles
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
59
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH F PEDESTAL(S)
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO FILE DRAWERS ON LEFT AND/OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS
/ FLUSH MODESTY / NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20''
F2054
F2060
F2066
F2072
F2084
893
929
965
994
1107
1046
1093
1129
1178
1264
979
1022
1055
1099
1178
1119
1169
1215
1274
1370
1221
1277
1327
1383
1491
1365
1430
1490
1556
1668
24''
F2454
F2460
F2466
F2472
F2484
937
965
994
1022
1134
1111
1143
1189
1236
1322
1038
1066
1107
1151
1227
1191
1237
1296
1347
1452
1277
1318
1378
1434
1540
1447
1506
1578
1646
1781
20''
2054F
2060F
2066F
2072F
2084F
893
929
965
994
1107
1046
1093
1129
1178
1264
979
1022
1055
1099
1178
1119
1169
1215
1274
1370
1221
1277
1327
1383
1491
1365
1430
1490
1556
1668
24''
2454F
2460F
2466F
2472F
2484F
937
965
994
1022
1134
1111
1143
1189
1236
1322
1038
1066
1107
1151
1227
1191
1237
1296
1347
1452
1277
1318
1378
1434
1540
1447
1506
1578
1646
1781
F2060F
F2066F
F2072F
F2084F
1207
1234
1269
1391
1391
1429
1476
1561
1305
1340
1383
1462
1475
1513
1569
1668
1563
1610
1668
1775
1743
1794
1870
1995
F2460F
F2466F
F2472F
F2484F
1213
1242
1269
1397
1399
1443
1476
1574
1309
1349
1383
1468
1490
1548
1569
1700
1604
1660
1668
1822
1803
1877
1870
2078
CODE
A B
Credenza with FF pedestal on left
A
Credenza with FF pedestal on right
B
A B
Credenza with FF pedestals on left
and right
20''
24''
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
F
F
If pedestal
at the left
If pedestal
at the right
( AB)
CODE (Specify)
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF location
modesty
PF style
Option
grommets
...
See
Notes
Modesties
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
Handles
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
60
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH E AND F PEDESTALS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND ONE FILE DRAWER ON LEFT AND/OR RIGHT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO FILE DRAWERS ON LEFT AND/OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF DRAWERS
/ FLUSH MODESTY / NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
E2060F
E2066F
E2072F
E2084F
1207
1234
1269
1391
1391
1429
1476
1561
1305
1340
1383
1462
1475
1513
1569
1668
1563
1610
1668
1775
1743
1794
1870
1995
E2460F
E2466F
E2472F
E2484F
1213
1242
1277
1397
1399
1443
1490
1574
1309
1349
1393
1468
1490
1548
1597
1700
1604
1660
1717
1822
1803
1877
1944
2078
F2060E
F2066E
F2072E
F2084E
1207
1234
1269
1391
1391
1429
1476
1561
1305
1340
1383
1462
1475
1513
1569
1668
1563
1610
1668
1775
1743
1794
1870
1995
F2460E
F2466E
F2472E
F2484E
1213
1242
1277
1397
1399
1443
1490
1574
1309
1349
1393
1468
1490
1548
1597
1700
1604
1660
1717
1822
1803
1877
1944
2078
CODE
Credenza with BBF pedestal on left
and FF pedestal on right
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with FF pedestal on left
and BBF pedestal on right
20''
24''
HOW TO ORDER?
E
F
M___
Serie
If pedestal
at the left
...
and
OR
and
( AB)
CODE (Specify)
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
F
E
If pedestal
at the right
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF location
modesty
PF style
Option
grommets
...
See
Notes
Modesties
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
Handles
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
61
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH FE OR EF
COMBINATION PEDESTALS, 30" WIDTH
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS AND THREE FILE DRAWERS ON LEFT OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES / FLUSH MODESTY / NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
FE2060
FE2066
FE2072
FE2084
1211
1236
1270
1329
1391
1429
1476
1561
1305
1340
1383
1462
1475
1513
1572
1668
1563
1610
1668
1775
1743
1794
1870
1995
FE2460
FE2466
FE2472
FE2484
1235
1266
1325
1354
1440
1486
1534
1621
1348
1391
1434
1513
1535
1595
1646
1751
1604
1660
1717
1822
1803
1877
1944
2078
2060EF
2066EF
2072EF
2084EF
1211
1236
1270
1329
1391
1429
1476
1561
1305
1340
1383
1462
1475
1513
1572
1668
1563
1610
1668
1775
1743
1794
1870
1995
2460EF
2466EF
2472EF
2484EF
1235
1266
1325
1354
1440
1486
1534
1621
1348
1391
1434
1513
1535
1595
1646
1751
1604
1660
1717
1822
1803
1877
1944
2078
CODE
A B
Credenza with 30" FE pedestal on left
20''
24''
It is also possible to install two pedestals of the
same type under these credenzas
A B
Credenza with 30" EF pedestal on right
20''
24''
It is also possible to install two pedestals of the
same type under these credenzas
HOW TO ORDER?
FE (STD)
FF
EE
M___
Serie
EF (STD)
FF
EE
If pedestals
at the left
( AB)
...
CODE (Specify)
If pedestals
at the right
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF location
modesty
PF style
Option
grommets
HJAB
(STD)
See section:
...
accessories
Option
handles
See
Notes
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
62
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH CBCL OR BCCL
COMBINATION PEDESTAL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO UTILITY DRAWERS, ONE FILE DRAWER AND ONE LATERAL FILE DRAWER
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES / FLUSH MODESTY / NO
GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
CBCL302060
CBCL302066
CBCL302072
CBCL302084
1340
1378
1419
1497
1577
1617
1664
1747
1482
1519
1563
1639
1660
1691
1743
1841
1738
1788
1845
1950
1930
1974
2042
2168
CBCL302460
CBCL302466
CBCL302472
CBCL302484
1397
1434
1475
1563
1641
1680
1727
1822
1540
1575
1618
1703
1735
1788
1841
1951
1793
1845
1900
2016
2002
2071
2139
2280
CBCL362060
CBCL362066
CBCL362072
CBCL362084
1419
1452
1491
1575
1661
1681
1744
1830
1563
1581
1639
1717
1728
1773
1825
1923
1815
1865
1923
2028
1995
2055
2122
2250
CBCL362460
CBCL362466
CBCL362472
CBCL362484
1475
1513
1553
1639
1723
1761
1809
1904
1618
1652
1696
1781
1817
1870
1923
2033
1873
1923
1979
2093
2086
2153
2222
2363
2060BCCL30
2066BCCL30
2072BCCL30
2084BCCL30
1340
1378
1419
1497
1577
1617
1664
1747
1482
1519
1563
1639
1660
1691
1743
1841
1738
1788
1845
1950
1930
1974
2042
2168
2460BCCL30
2466BCCL30
2472BCCL30
2484BCCL30
1397
1434
1475
1563
1641
1680
1727
1822
1540
1575
1618
1703
1735
1788
1841
1951
1793
1845
1900
2016
2002
2071
2139
2280
2060BCCL36
2066BCCL36
2072BCCL36
2084BCCL36
1419
1452
1491
1575
1661
1681
1744
1830
1563
1581
1639
1717
1728
1773
1825
1923
1815
1865
1923
2028
1995
2055
2122
2250
2460BCCL36
2466BCCL36
2472BCCL36
2484BCCL36
1475
1513
1553
1639
1723
1761
1809
1904
1618
1652
1696
1781
1817
1870
1923
2033
1873
1923
1979
2093
2086
2153
2222
2363
CODE
A B
Credenza with 30" CBCL pedestal on left
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with 36" CBCL pedestal on left
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with 30" BCCL pedestal on right
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with 36" BCCL pedestal on right
20''
24''
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
HOW TO ORDER?
CBCL30 (ou 36)
M___
Serie
...
If cabinet
at the left
BCCL30 (ou 36)
( AB)
CODE (Specify)
If cabinet
at the right
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
...
PF location
modesty
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option
grommets
HJAB
(STD)
see section:
...
Accessories
Specify
handles
See
Notes
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
63
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH 30" WIDE
LATERAL FILING CABINET
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO LATERAL FILE DRAWERS ON LEFT OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES / CROSSBARS / FLUSH MODESTY / NO
GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
CL302060
CL302066
CL302072
CL302084
1066
1094
1122
1178
1339
1259
1305
1392
1142
1178
1221
1300
1319
1370
1423
1525
1397
1447
1503
1610
1589
1654
1721
1870
CL302460
CL302466
CL302472
CL302484
1122
1151
1178
1234
1328
1367
1413
1500
1242
1277
1318
1397
1423
1475
1525
1631
1497
1547
1604
1709
1691
1758
1825
1958
2060CL30
2066CL30
2072CL30
2084CL30
1066
1094
1122
1178
1339
1259
1305
1392
1142
1178
1221
1300
1319
1370
1423
1525
1397
1447
1503
1610
1589
1654
1721
1870
2460CL30
2466CL30
2472CL30
2484CL30
1122
1151
1178
1234
1328
1367
1413
1500
1242
1277
1318
1397
1423
1475
1525
1631
1497
1547
1604
1709
1691
1758
1825
1958
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
HJAB
CODE
A B
Credenza with 30" file drawers on left
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with 30" file drawers on right
20''
24''
HOW TO ORDER?
CL30
M___
Serie
...
CL30
If cabinet
at the left
( AB)
CODE (Specify)
If cabinet
at the right
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
PF location
modesty
PF style
Option
grommets
(STD)
See section:
...
accessories
Option
handles
Notes
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
64
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH 36" WIDE
LATERAL FILING CABINET
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO LATERAL FILE DRAWERS ON LEFT OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES / CROSSBARS / FLUSH MODESTY /
NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
CL362060
CL362066
CL362072
CL362084
1077
1107
1134
1191
1301
1340
1389
1474
1221
1256
1300
1378
1401
1452
1506
1608
1475
1525
1581
1689
1668
1735
1803
1951
CL362460
CL362466
CL362472
CL362484
1134
1164
1191
1249
1408
1449
1495
1582
1318
1355
1397
1475
1506
1556
1608
1714
1575
1623
1680
1788
1773
1841
2055
2191
2060CL36
2066CL36
2072CL36
2084CL36
1077
1107
1134
1191
1301
1340
1389
1474
1221
1256
1300
1378
1401
1452
1506
1608
1475
1525
1581
1689
1668
1735
1803
1951
2460CL36
2466CL36
2472CL36
2484CL36
1134
1164
1191
1249
1408
1449
1495
1582
1318
1355
1397
1475
1506
1556
1608
1714
1575
1623
1680
1788
1773
1841
2055
2191
CODE
A
Credenza with 36" file drawers on left
20''
24''
A
Credenza with 36" file drawers on right
20''
24''
B
B
HOW TO ORDER?
CL36
M___
Serie
...
CL36
If cabinet
at the left
( AB)
CODE (Specify)
If cabinet
at the right
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
PF location
modesty
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option
grommets
HJAB (STD)
See section:
...
accessories
Specify
handles
Notes
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
65
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH 42" WIDE
LATERAL FILING CABINET
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO LATERAL FILE DRAWERS ON LEFT OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES / CROSSBARS / FLUSH MODESTY /
NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
CL422060
CL422066
CL422072
CL422084
1205
1230
1265
1320
1384
1422
1471
1553
1300
1334
1378
1452
1483
1535
1589
1691
1553
1604
1660
1765
1751
1817
1883
2033
CL422460
CL422466
CL422472
CL422484
1283
1309
1339
1395
1490
1531
1578
1664
1397
1434
1475
1553
1589
1641
1691
1794
1652
1703
1758
1865
1853
1923
1989
2122
2060CL42
2066CL42
2072CL42
2084CL42
1205
1230
1265
1320
1384
1422
1471
1553
1300
1334
1378
1452
1483
1535
1589
1691
1553
1604
1660
1765
1751
1817
1883
2033
2460CL42
2466CL42
2472CL42
2484CL42
1283
1309
1339
1395
1490
1531
1578
1664
1397
1434
1475
1553
1589
1641
1691
1794
1652
1703
1758
1865
1853
1923
1989
2122
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
HJAB
CODE
A B
Credenza with 42" file drawers on left
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with 42" file drawers on right
20''
24''
HOW TO ORDER?
CL42
M___
Serie
...
CL42
If cabinet
at the left
( AB)
CODE (Specify)
If cabinet
at the right
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
PF location
modesty
PF style
Option
grommets
(STD)
See section:
...
accessories
Specify
handles
See
Notes
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
66
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH 30"W CABINET
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO-DOOR CABINET ON LEFT OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES / 1 ADJUSTABLE SHELF / FLUSH
MODESTY / NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
AR302060
AR302066
AR302072
AR302084
958
988
1017
1066
1105
1147
1187
1264
1022
1056
1099
1178
1169
1215
1274
1370
1277
1327
1383
1491
1437
1497
1572
1699
AR302460
AR302466
AR302472
AR302484
972
1017
1055
1134
1142
1198
1251
1358
1065
1107
1151
1227
1237
1296
1347
1452
1318
1378
1434
1540
1506
1578
1646
1781
2060AR30
2066AR30
2072AR30
2084AR30
958
988
1017
1066
1105
1147
1187
1264
1022
1056
1099
1178
1169
1215
1274
1370
1277
1327
1383
1491
1437
1497
1572
1699
2460AR30
2466AR30
2472AR30
2484AR30
972
1017
1055
1134
1142
1198
1251
1358
1065
1107
1151
1227
1237
1296
1347
1452
1318
1378
1434
1540
1506
1578
1646
1781
CODE
A B
Credenza with 30" cabinet on left
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with 30" cabinet on right
20''
24''
HOW TO ORDER?
AR30
M___
Serie
...
If cabinet
at the left
AR30
( AB)
CODE (Specify)
If cabinet
at the right
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
PF location
modesty
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option
grommets
HJAB
...
accessories
Specify
handles
See
Notes
Modesties
(STD)
See section:
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
67
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH 36"W CABINET
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
tfl
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO-DOOR CABINET ON LEFT OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
MAW MAWL
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES / 1 ADJUSTABLE SHELF / FLUSH
MODESTY / NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
AR362060
AR362066
AR362072
AR362084
988
1017
1050
1107
1137
1177
1221
1301
1055
1094
1134
1213
1209
1251
1311
1407
1312
1362
1419
1525
1461
1535
1608
1735
AR362460
AR362466
AR362472
AR362484
1017
1043
1077
1134
1187
1226
1274
1360
1099
1142
1185
1264
1274
1332
1384
1490
1355
1412
1470
1575
1544
1617
1684
1803
2060AR36
2066AR36
2072AR36
2084AR36
988
1017
1050
1107
1137
1177
1221
1301
1055
1094
1134
1213
1209
1251
1311
1407
1312
1362
1419
1525
1461
1535
1608
1735
2460AR36
2466AR36
2472AR36
2484AR36
1017
1043
1077
1134
1187
1226
1274
1360
1099
1142
1185
1264
1274
1332
1384
1490
1355
1412
1470
1575
1544
1617
1684
1803
CODE
A B
Credenza with 36" cabinet on left
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with 36" cabinet on right
20''
24''
HOW TO ORDER?
AR36
M___
Serie
...
AR36
If cabinet
at the left
( AB)
CODE (Specify)
If cabinet
at the right
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
PF location
modesty
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option
grommets
HJAB
...
accessories
Specify
handles
See
Notes
Modesties
(STD)
See section:
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
p.8
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
68
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
CREDENZAS WITH 42"W CABINET
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
tfl
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO-DOOR CABINET ON LEFT OR RIGHT
tfl
hpl
MAW MAWL
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES / 1 ADJUSTABLE SHELF / FLUSH MODESTY /
NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
AR422060
AR422066
AR422072
AR422084
1040
1065
1099
1157
1182
1221
1267
1355
1107
1142
1185
1264
1259
1304
1365
1461
1362
1412
1470
1575
1525
1589
1660
1788
AR422460
AR422466
AR422472
AR422484
1067
1071
1128
1178
1232
1254
1324
1411
1151
1169
1234
1312
1327
1384
1437
1544
1405
1462
1519
1623
1595
1668
1735
1870
2060AR42
2066AR42
2072AR42
2084AR42
1040
1065
1099
1157
1182
1221
1267
1355
1107
1142
1185
1264
1259
1304
1365
1461
1362
1412
1470
1575
1525
1589
1660
1788
2460AR42
2466AR42
2472AR42
2484AR42
1067
1071
1128
1178
1232
1254
1324
1411
1151
1169
1234
1312
1327
1384
1437
1544
1405
1462
1519
1623
1595
1668
1735
1870
CODE
A B
Credenza with 42" cabinet on left
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with 42" cabinet on right
20''
24''
HOW TO ORDER?
AR42
M___
Serie
...
If cabinet
at the left
AR42
( AB)
CODE (Specify)
If cabinet
at the right
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
...
Specify
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
PF location
modesty
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option
grommets
HJAB
(STD)
See section:
...
accessories
Specify
handles
See
Notes
Modesties
If the choice of modesty is not specified, the standard is full (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), GRC (centered) or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
p.8
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Handles
p.189
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
69
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
COMBINATION CREDENZAS WITH LATERAL
FILE DRAWERS AND/OR CABINET
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES /ADJUSTABLE SHELF (SHELVES) /
CROSSBAR(S) / FLUSH MODESTY / NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
2060ARAR
2066ARAR
2072ARAR
2084ARAR
1157
1191
1227
1397
1308
1369
1416
1524
1227
1283
1327
1426
1384
1452
1513
1631
1482
1553
1610
1738
1581
1735
1809
1958
2460ARAR
2466ARAR
2472ARAR
2484ARAR
1191
1227
1269
1441
1380
1434
1488
1590
1292
1340
1391
1482
1475
1544
1601
1721
1547
1610
1674
1793
1743
1825
1899
2048
2060ARCL
2066ARCL
2072ARCL
2084ARCL
1355
1384
1419
1491
1592
1638
1693
1801
1497
1540
1589
1689
1668
1721
1788
1906
1753
1809
1873
2016
1937
2002
2086
2233
2460ARCL
2466ARCL
2472ARCL
2484ARCL
1453
1486
1519
1632
1728
1783
1839
1939
1623
1674
1723
1815
1825
1893
1951
2071
1880
1929
1979
2071
2093
2160
2222
2339
2060CLAR
2066CLAR
2072CLAR
2084CLAR
1355
1384
1419
1491
1592
1638
1693
1801
1497
1540
1589
1689
1668
1721
1788
1906
1753
1809
1873
2016
1937
2002
2086
2233
2460CLAR
2466CLAR
2472CLAR
2484CLAR
1453
1486
1519
1632
1728
1783
1839
1939
1623
1674
1723
1815
1825
1893
1951
2071
1880
1929
1979
2071
2093
2160
2222
2339
2060CLCL
2066CLCL
2072CLCL
2084CLCL
1491
1568
1639
1845
1666
1757
1848
2030
1568
1652
1738
1907
1743
1841
1944
2139
1822
1923
2021
2220
2013
2122
2240
2465
2460CLCL
2466CLCL
2472CLCL
2484CLCL
1639
1717
1788
1987
1848
1939
2031
2213
1738
1822
1907
2076
1944
2048
2144
2346
1993
2093
2193
2390
2211
2331
2443
2674
CODE
A B
Credenza with 2 cabinet sections
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with cabinet on left
and lateral file drawers on right
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with lateral file drawers on left
and cabinet on right
20''
24''
A B
Credenza with 2 sets of lateral file drawers
20''
24''
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
ARAR
ARCL
CLAR
( A B ) CLCL
CODE (specify)
HJAB
(STD)
See section:
...
accessories
Specify
handles
See
Notes
Handles
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
70
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
SERVER CREDENZAS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
TWO CABINETS / 36" HIGH
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES / TWO ADJUSTABLE SHELVES PER
CABINET / FLUSH MODESTY / NO GROMMET
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
2060SCARAR36
2066SCARAR36
2072SCARAR36
2084SCARAR36
1497
1547
1595
1793
1666
1726
1788
2017
1568
1623
1680
1894
1743
1809
1883
2122
1822
1894
1966
2206
2013
2093
2180
2450
2460SCARAR36
2466SCARAR36
2472SCARAR36
2484SCARAR36
1531
1581
1674
1838
1707
1769
1875
2066
1604
1660
1758
1936
1803
1877
1989
2198
1858
1929
2042
2250
2071
2160
2286
2524
CODE
A B
36" high server credenza
20"
24"
C
HOW TO ORDER?
HJAB
M___
Serie
( AB)
...
SCARAR36
CODE (Specify)
(STD)
See section:
...
accessories
Specify
handles
See
Notes
Handles
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
71
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
TRANSACTION TOPS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
SHELVES TO PUT ON TOP OF WORK SURFACES
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: 13" HIGH
CODE
Transaction top
A B
C
1260RS13
1266RS13
1272RS13
1284RS13
A B C
A
B
1242RS13L
1248RS13L
1254RS13L
1260RS13L
1266RS13L
1272RS13L
Right transaction-top extension
1242RS13R
1248RS13R
1254RS13R
1260RS13R
1266RS13R
1272RS13R
B
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
283
299
313
341
387
413
436
483
340
362
381
420
428
459
485
542
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
425
442
453
482
558
586
610
662
496
520
539
581
610
645
673
735
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
228
241
256
270
283
299
301
324
350
372
396
439
268
293
313
327
346
378
331
364
393
414
441
498
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
228
241
256
270
283
299
301
324
350
372
396
439
268
293
313
327
346
378
331
364
393
414
441
498
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C
Left transaction-top extension
A
MLL
1"
D
121560RS13
121566RS13
121572RS13
121584RS13
Convex transaction top (CX)
ML
C
HOW TO ORDER?
Transaction top:
Convex transaction top (CX):
Transaction-top extension:
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
M___
Serie
M___
Serie
M___
Serie
...
( A B ) RS
CODE
(C)
...
( A B C ) RS ( D )
CODE
...
( A B ) RS ( C )
CODE
72
L
R
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-3
CABINETS HUTCHES WITH ONE DOOR
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLE / NO LOCK / WITH ADJUSTABLE
SHELVES
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1618HARL37
1620HARL37
1624HARL37
420
451
480
—
—
—
449
483
519
—
—
—
523
561
605
—
—
—
1618HARL43
1620HARL43
1624HARL43
462
493
522
—
—
—
491
524
561
—
—
—
565
603
647
—
—
—
1618HARL55
1620HARL55
1624HARL55
505
535
564
—
—
—
534
567
603
—
—
—
608
645
689
—
—
—
420
451
480
—
—
—
449
483
519
—
—
—
523
561
605
—
—
—
462
493
522
—
—
—
491
524
561
—
—
—
565
603
647
—
—
—
505
535
564
—
—
—
534
567
603
—
—
—
608
645
689
—
—
—
CODE
Cabinet hutch 37"H with 1 door opening
A
to the left / With 2 adjustable shelves
Cabinet hutch 43"H with 1 door opening
to the left / With 2 adjustable shelves
Cabinet hutch 55"H with 1 door opening
to the left / With 3 adjustable shelves
B
B
C
Cabinet hutch 37"H with 1 door opening
A
to the right / With 2 adjustable shelves
1618HARR37
1620HARR37
1624HARR37
Cabinet hutch 43"H with 1 door opening
A
to the right / With 2 adjustable shelves
1618HARR43
1620HARR43
1624HARR43
B
B
C
C
Cabinet hutch 55"H with 1 door opening
A
to the right / With 3 adjustable shelves
1618HARR55
1620HARR55
1624HARR55
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
HARL
( A B ) HARR
Notes
CODE
C
HJAB (STD)
(C)
...
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
LK
Option
locks
Handles
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Locks
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
See
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
73
July 21, 2015 | USAp.189
SIN711-3
CABINET HUTCHES WITH TWO DOORS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES / NO LOCK / WITH ADJUSTABLE
SHELVES
CODE
A B
Cabinet hutch 37"H with 2 doors
C
1630HAR37
1636HAR37
1642HAR37
and 2 adjustable shelves
A B
Cabinet hutch 43"H with 2 doors
A B
Cabinet hutch 55"H with 2 doors
HOW TO ORDER?
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
735
766
813
—
—
—
783
824
880
—
—
—
882
935
1001
—
—
—
819
850
896
—
—
—
867
907
963
—
—
—
965
1019
1086
—
—
—
903
935
981
—
—
—
952
993
1046
—
—
—
1050
1102
1169
—
—
—
C
1630HAR55
1636HAR55
1642HAR55
and 3 adjustable shelves
MLL
1"
C
1630HAR43
1636HAR43
1642HAR43
and 2 adjustable shelves
ML
HJAB (STD)
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
HAR
CODE
(C)
...
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
LK
...
Option
locks
See
Notes
Handles
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Locks
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
p.178
p.189
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
74
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
CABINET HUTCHES WITH ONE DOOR
IN GLASS OR PLEXIGLASS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
SATIN NICKEL ALUMINIUM FRAME / HJA HANDLE / NO
LOCK / WITH ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
CODE
A B
Cabinet hutch 37"H with 1 frosted glass door
1618HARLPV37
1620HARLPV37
1624HARLPV37
opening to the left
and 2 adjustable shelves
A B
Cabinet hutch 43"H with 1 frosted glass door
and 2 adjustable shelves
A B
Cabinet hutch 55"H with 1 frosted glass door
and 3 adjustable shelves
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
725
790
887
—
—
—
755
822
926
—
—
—
828
901
1012
—
—
—
818
886
996
—
—
—
847
919
1034
—
—
—
921
997
1121
—
—
—
959
1039
1169
—
—
—
987
1072
1208
—
—
—
1062
1148
1295
—
—
—
C
1618HARLPV55
1620HARLPV55
1624HARLPV55
opening to the left
MLL
1"
C
1618HARLPV43
1620HARLPV43
1624HARLPV43
opening to the left
ML
C
HOW TO ORDER?
Attention!
HJA
VS
M___
Serie
...
( A B ) HARLPV ( C )
CODE
...
(STD)
See:
Color chart
Specify
(glass/plexiglass)
...
(Satin nickel, STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
LK
Option
locks
See
Notes
Handles
For a type of handle other than the HJA standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Locks
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
Glass or
plexiglass
finishes:
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
p.178
p.189
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted glass (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices available upon
quotation request.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
75
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-3
CABINET HUTCHES WITH ONE DOOR
IN GLASS OR PLEXIGLASS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
SATIN NICKEL ALUMINIUM FRAME / HJA HANDLE / NO
LOCK / WITH ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
CODE
A B
Cabinet hutch 37"H with 1 frosted glass door
1618HARRPV37
1620HARRPV37
1624HARRPV37
opening to the right
and 2 adjustable shelves
A B
Cabinet hutch 43"H with 1 frosted glass door
and 2 adjustable shelves
A B
Cabinet hutch 55"H with 1 frosted glass door
and 3 adjustable shelves
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
725
790
887
—
—
—
755
822
926
—
—
—
828
901
1012
—
—
—
818
886
996
—
—
—
847
919
1034
—
—
—
921
997
1121
—
—
—
959
1039
1169
—
—
—
987
1072
1208
—
—
—
1062
1148
1295
—
—
—
C
1618HARRPV55
1620HARRPV55
1624HARRPV55
opening to the right
MLL
1"
C
1618HARRPV43
1620HARRPV43
1624HARRPV43
opening to the right
ML
C
HOW TO ORDER?
Attention!
HJA
VS
M___
Serie
...
( A B ) HARRPV ( C )
CODE
...
(STD)
See:
Color chart
Specify
(glass/plexiglass)
...
(Satin nickel, STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
LK
...
Option
locks
See
Notes
Handles
For a type of handle other than the HJA standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Locks
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
Glass or
plexiglass
finishes
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
p.178
p.189
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted glass (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices available upon
quotation request.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
76
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
CABINET HUTCHES WITH TWO DOORS
IN GLASS OR PLEXIGLASS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
SATIN NICKEL ALUMINIUM FRAMES / HJA HANDLES / NO
LOCK / WITH ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
CODE
A
Cabinet hutch 37"H with 2 frosted glass doors
B
1630HARPV37
1636HARPV37
1642HARPV37
and 2 adjustable shelves
A
Cabinet hutch 43"H with 2 frosted glass doors
B
A
Cabinet hutch 55"H with 2 frosted glass doors
B
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1324
1351
1473
—
—
—
1372
1408
1540
—
—
—
1470
1519
1662
—
—
—
1362
1532
1664
—
—
—
1409
1588
1732
—
—
—
1508
1700
1855
—
—
—
1673
1870
2037
—
—
—
1720
1928
2104
—
—
—
1819
2039
2227
—
—
—
C
1630HARPV55
1636HARPV55
1642HARPV55
and 3 adjustable shelves
MLL
1"
C
1630HARPV43
1636HARPV43
1642HARPV43
and 2 adjustable shelves
ML
C
HOW TO ORDER?
Attention!
HJA
VS
M___
Serie
...
( A B ) HARPV ( C )
CODE
...
(STD)
See:
Color chart
Specify
(glass/plexiglass)
...
(Satin nickel, STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
LK
Option
locks
See
Notes
Handles
For handles other than the HJA standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Locks
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
Glass or
plexiglass
finishes
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
p.178
p.189
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted glass (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices available upon
quotation request.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
77
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
CORNER HUTCHES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
CODE
Corner hutch (for installation on left)
A B
C
1618HOBL37
1618HOBL43
1618HOBL55
with adjustable shelves
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
460
497
531
—
—
—
659
716
771
—
—
—
765
822
877
—
—
—
460
497
531
—
—
—
659
716
771
—
—
—
765
822
877
—
—
—
Example of left corner
hutch configuration
(Direction of
surface wood
grain)
Corner hutch (for installation on right)
A
B
C
1618HOBR37
1618HOBR43
1618HOBR55
with adjustable shelves
Example of right corner
hutch configuration
(Direction of surface
wood grain)
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
HOBL
( A B ) HOBR
(C)
CODE
See
Notes
Adjustable
shelves:
Hutches that are 37" high and 43" high contain 2 adjustable shelves / Hutches that are 55" high contain 3 adjustable shelves
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
78
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
WALL HUTCHES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
NO HANDLES / NO LOCKS / PRE-DRILLED HOLES FOR WIRE DIVIDERS (Wire
dividers not included) / TASK-LIGHT CONCEALER / Z-BARS FOR WALL
MOUNTING (Hardware not included)
Hutch with laminate hinged doors
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
404
460
518
575
652
710
771
802
876
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
469
533
600
667
759
835
902
935
1034
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
525
598
670
744
838
921
993
1031
1141
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
622
706
812
945
1080
1193
1302
1382
1572
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
656
751
864
1005
1148
1269
1384
1473
1677
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
804
913
1041
1197
1351
1487
1616
1715
1944
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1630HPW
1636HPW
1642HPW
1648HPW
1654HPW
1660HPW
1666HPW
1672HPW
1684HPW
A B
Hutch with glass or plexiglass doors
1630HPVW
1636HPVW
1642HPVW
1648HPVW
1654HPVW
1660HPVW
1666HPVW
1672HPVW
1684HPVW
Number of doors for HP hutches:
30'' to 42'': 2 doors | 48'' to 54'': 3 doors | 60'' to 72'': 4 doors | 84": 5 doors
A B
Hutch with retractable door(s)
1630HZW
1636HZW
1642HZW
1648HZW
1654HZW
1660HZW
1666HZW
1672HZW
1684HZW
Number of doors for HZ hutches:
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
639
675
710
745
851
915
958
994
1097
30'' to 42'': 1 door
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
711
754
793
843
959
1033
1095
1144
1256
767
817
860
919
1039
1122
1182
1242
1362
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
48'' to 84'': 2 doors
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
HPW
HPVW
HZW
CODE
VS
...
(STD)
See:
Color chart
Specify
(for HPVW hutches)
...
without locks (STD)
LKBL (black)
LKSN (Satin nickel)
Option
locks
glass/plexiglass
See section:
...
DVD
Option
dividers
...
Accessories
Option
handles
See
Notes
Handles
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
Locks
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
Glass or plexiglass
finishes
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
Divider option
Set of 3 wire dividers (DVD) offered as an option / Add $22 retail per set
Attention:
Logiflex is not responsible for the installation of wall hutches. This responsibility belongs entirely to the distributor or the
client.
p.178
p.189
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted glass (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices
available upon quotation request.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
79
p.188
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
WALL HUTCHES WITH PIGEON HOLE UNITS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
NO HANDLES / NO LOCKS / PRE-DRILLED HOLES FOR WIRE DIVIDERS (Wire dividers
not included) / TASK-LIGHT CONCEALER / Z-BARS FOR WALL MOUNTING
(Hardware not included)
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
675
731
816
873
994
1051
1147
1176
1293
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
706
791
871
951
1084
1159
1255
1293
1427
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
762
862
940
1027
1163
1246
1343
1391
1534
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
859
960
1080
1231
1405
1518
1654
1741
1962
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
893
1005
1134
1291
1473
1594
1737
1831
2068
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1041
1169
1310
1479
1675
1810
1967
2073
2337
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CODE
A B
Hutch with laminate hinged doors
1630HPPGW
1636HPPGW
1642HPPGW
1648HPPGW
1654HPPGW
1660HPPGW
1666HPPGW
1672HPPGW
1684HPPGW
and pigeon hole unit (compartment interiors are 2-3/8"
high )
Hutch with glass or plexiglass doors
A B
and pigeon hole unit (compartment interiors are 2-3/8"
high )
1630HPVPGW
1636HPVPGW
1642HPVPGW
1648HPVPGW
1654HPVPGW
1660HPVPGW
1666HPVPGW
1672HPVPGW
1684HPVPGW
Number of doors for HP hutches:
30'' to 42'': 2 doors | 48'' to 54'': 3 doors | 60'' to 72'': 4 doors | 84": 5 doors
A
Hutch with retractable door(s)
B
1630HZPGW
1636HZPGW
1642HZPGW
1648HZPGW
1654HZPGW
1660HZPGW
1666HZPGW
1672HZPGW
1684HZPGW
and pigeon hole unit (compartment interiors are 2-3/8"
high )
Number of doors for HZ hutches:
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
908
943
1008
1043
1192
1256
1333
1369
1503
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
948
1007
1065
1126
1283
1359
1446
1502
1644
30'' to 42'': 1 door
1003
1074
1131
1203
1362
1446
1536
1600
1754
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
48'' to 84'': 2 doors
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
HPPGW
HPVPGW
( A B ) HZPGW
CODE
VS
...
(STD)
See:
Color chart
Specify
...
Without lock (STD)
LKBL (Black)
LKSN (Satin nickel)
(for HPVPGW hutches)
glass/plexiglass
Option
locks
...
DVD
Option
dividers
...
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
See
Notes
Handles
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
Locks
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
Glass or plexiglass
finishes
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
Divider option
Set of 3 wire dividers (DVD) offered as an option / Add $22 retail per set
Attention:
Logiflex is not responsible for the installation of wall hutches. This responsibility belongs entirely to the distributor or the
client.
p.178
p.189
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted glass (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices
available upon quotation request.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
80
p.188
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
HUTCHES WITH GLASS OR
PLEXIGLASS DOORS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
tfl
hpl
NO HANDLES / NO LOCKS / SATIN NICKEL ALUMINIUM FRAMES / PRE-DRILLED
HOLES FOR WIRE DIVIDERS (Wire dividers not included) / TASK-LIGHT CONCEALER
/ FLEXIBLE GROMMET ON BACK
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
823
915
994
1128
1355
1413
1497
1632
2093
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
858
958
1043
1185
1419
1491
1581
1723
2199
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1017
1128
1227
1383
1632
1717
1822
1979
2482
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
907
1017
1094
1227
1452
1513
1595
1758
2250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
943
1055
1142
1283
1519
1589
1680
1851
2355
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1099
1227
1327
1482
1730
1815
1923
2106
2640
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1553
1715
1914
2112
2102
2613
2802
2950
3310
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1595
1765
1972
2177
2503
2696
2893
3050
3426
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1753
1936
2156
2377
2717
2922
3137
3305
3708
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CODE
A B
37" high hutch with frosted glass doors
C
1630HPV37
1636HPV37
1642HPV37
1648HPV37
1654HPV37
1660HPV37
1666HPV37
1672HPV37
1684HPV37
A B
43" high hutch with frosted glass doors
C
1630HPV43
1636HPV43
1642HPV43
1648HPV43
1654HPV43
1660HPV43
1666HPV43
1672HPV43
1684HPV43
A B
55" high hutch with frosted glass doors
C
1630HPAV55
1636HPAV55
1642HPAV55
1648HPAV55
1654HPAV55
1660HPAV55
1666HPAV55
1672HPAV55
1684HPAV55
One adjustable shelf per section
Number of doors:
30'' to 42'': 2 doors | 48'' to 54'': 3 doors | 60'' to 72'': 4 doors | 84": 5 doors
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
HPV
( A B ) HPAV ( C )
CODE
...
LR (STD)
HR
LH
*HH
Specify
leg base
VS
...
(STD)
See:
Color chart
Specify
...
glass/plexiglass
Without lock (STD)
LKBL (black)
LKSN (Satin nickel)
Option
lock
...
DVD
Option
See section:
...
dividers
Accessories
Option
...
handles
TB
LI
Option
tackboard
See
Tackboards
A tackboard can be added under the door section of the hutch
Leg base
If the choice of base is not specified, the standard is two full legs (LR)
p.89
Other possible leg configurations: 1/2 leg on left (HR) or 1/2 leg on right (LH) / Add $33 retail
For 1/2 legs on left and right (HH), Add $66 retail
*Warning
p.8
Handles
Hutches with half legs (HH) must be secured to the wall or to adjacent furniture so that they do not tip forward. Logiflex is not
responsible for any accidents caused by hutches that have not been correctly installed.
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
Locks
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
Glass or plexiglass
finishes
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
Back panel
The back panel of the hutch has a horizontal wood grain
Divider option
Set of 3 wire dividers (DVD) offered as an option / Add $22 retail per set
p.178
p.189
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted glass (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices available
upon quotation request.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
81
p.188
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
HUTCHES WITH RETRACTABLE DOORS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
NO HANDLES / NO LOCKS / PRE-DRILLED HOLES FOR WIRE DIVIDERS (Wire
dividers not included) / TASK-LIGHT CONCEALER / FLEXIBLE GROMMET ON
BACK
CODE
A
37" high hutch with retractable door(s)
B
C
1630HZ37
1636HZ37
1642HZ37
1648HZ37
1654HZ37
1660HZ37
1666HZ37
1672HZ37
1684HZ37
A B
43" high hutch with retractable door(s)
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
763
819
859
929
1065
1103
1144
1242
1320
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
809
887
922
988
1170
1185
1227
1312
1447
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
965
1055
1107
1185
1383
1412
1470
1568
1730
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
831
890
916
979
1135
1152
1207
1348
1441
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
865
943
979
1043
1227
1242
1283
1369
1503
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1022
1113
1164
1242
1441
1470
1525
1623
1788
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C
1630HZ43
1636HZ43
1642HZ43
1648HZ43
1654HZ43
1660HZ43
1666HZ43
1672HZ43
1684HZ43
Number of doors:
ML
30'' to 42'': 1 door
48'' to 84'': 2 doors
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
HZ
CODE
(C)
...
LR (STD)
HR
LH
*HH
Specify
leg base
LKBL (Noir)
LKSN (Satin nickel)
Sans serrure (Standard)
...
Option
lock
See section:
DVD
...
Option
...
dividers
Accessories
Option
handles
...
TB
Option
tackboard
See
Notes
Tackboards
A tackboard can be added under the door section of the hutch
Leg base
If the choice of base is not specified, the standard is two full legs (LR)
p.89
Other possible leg configurations: 1/2 leg on left (HR) or 1/2 leg on right (LH) / Add $33 retail
For 1/2 legs on left and right (HH), Add $66 retail
*Warning
p.8
Handles
Hutches with half legs (HH) must be secured to the wall or to adjacent furniture so that they do not tip forward. Logiflex is not
responsible for any accidents caused by hutches that have not been correctly installed.
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
Locks
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
Back panel
The back panel of the hutch has a horizontal wood grain
Divider option
Set of 3 wire dividers (DVD) offered as an option / Add $22 retail per set
p.178
p.189
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
82
p.188
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
HUTCHES WITH GLASS OR PLEXIGLASS
DOORS AND PIGEON HOLE UNIT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
NO HANDLES / NO LOCKS / SATIN NICKEL ALUMINIUM FRAMES / PRE-DRILLED
HOLES FOR WIRE DIVIDERS (Wire dividers not included) / TASK-LIGHT
CONCEALER / FLEXIBLE GROMMET ON BACK
CODE
A B
37" high hutch with frosted glass doors
1630HPVPG37
1636HPVPG37
1642HPVPG37
1648HPVPG37
1654HPVPG37
1660HPVPG37
1666HPVPG37
1672HPVPG37
1684HPVPG37
and pigeon hole unit (compartment interiors are 23/8" high )
A B
43" high hutch with frosted glass doors
A B
55" high hutch with frosted glass doors,
One adjustable shelf per section
Number of doors:
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
HPVPG
( A B ) HPAVPG ( C )
CODE
...
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1075
1171
1255
1403
1676
1746
1843
1981
2448
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1117
1222
1313
1470
1751
1828
1933
2081
2565
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1270
1393
1497
1668
1964
2054
2173
2337
2848
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1230
1343
1438
1601
1890
1971
2083
2238
2732
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1270
1393
1497
1668
1964
2054
2173
2337
2848
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1357
1491
1601
1765
2063
2154
2274
2466
3003
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1812
1979
2185
2397
2759
2949
3154
3308
3674
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1853
2028
2243
2463
2834
3032
3245
3408
3791
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2009
2199
2427
2659
3048
3259
3488
3664
4074
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C
1630HPAVPG55
1636HPAVPG55
1642HPAVPG55
1648HPAVPG55
1654HPAVPG55
1660HPAVPG55
1666HPAVPG55
1672HPAVPG55
1684HPAVPG55
and pigeon hole unit (compartment interiors are 23/8" high )
MLL
1"
C
1630HPVPG43
1636HPVPG43
1642HPVPG43
1648HPVPG43
1654HPVPG43
1660HPVPG43
1666HPVPG43
1672HPVPG43
1684HPVPG43
and pigeon hole unit (compartment interiors are 23/8" high )
ML
C
30'' to 42'': 2 doors | 48'' to 54'': 3 doors | 60'' to 72'': 4 doors | 84": 5 doors
LR (STD)
HR
LH
*HH
Specify
leg base
VS (STD)
...
See:
Color chart
Specify
...
Without lock (STD)
LKBL (black)
LKSN (Satin nickel)
glass/plexiglass
Option
lock
See section:
...
DVD
Option
...
Accessories
dividers
Option
handles
...
TB
LI
Option
tackboard
See
Notes
Tackboards
A tackboard can be added under the door section of the hutch
Leg base
If the choice of base is not specified, the standard is two full legs (LR)
p.89
Other possible leg configurations: 1/2 leg on left (HR) or 1/2 leg on right (LH) / Add $33 retail
For 1/2 legs on left and right (HH), Add $66 retail
Warning
p.8
Handles
Hutches with half legs (HH) must be secured to the wall or to adjacent furniture so that they do not tip forward. Logiflex is not
responsible for any accidents caused by hutches that have not been correctly installed.
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
Locks
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
Glass or plexiglass
finishes
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
p.178
p.189
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted glass (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices available
upon quotation request.
Back panel
The back panel of the hutch has a horizontal wood grain
Divider option
Set of 3 wire dividers (DVD) offered as an option / Add $22 retail per set
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
83
p.188
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
HUTCHES WITH RETRACTABLE DOORS
AND PIGEON HOLE UNIT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
NO HANDLES / NO LOCKS / PRE-DRILLED HOLES FOR WIRE DIVIDERS (Wire
dividers not included) / TASK-LIGHT CONCEALER / FLEXIBLE GROMMET ON
BACK
CODE
A B
37" high hutch with retractable door(s)
1630HZPG37
1636HZPG37
1642HZPG37
1648HZPG37
1654HZPG37
1660HZPG37
1666HZPG37
1672HZPG37
1684HZPG37
and pigeon hole unit (compartment interiors are 2-3/8"
high )
A B
43" high hutch with retractable door(s)
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1033
1089
1158
1228
1406
1445
1485
1617
1711
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1077
1134
1207
1283
1519
1525
1595
1689
1809
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1234
1305
1405
1482
1730
1753
1865
1945
2093
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1101
1145
1214
1278
1476
1505
1570
1688
1759
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1134
1191
1264
1340
1575
1581
1652
1746
1865
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1292
1362
1447
1540
1788
1809
1923
2000
2150
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C
1630HZPG43
1636HZPG43
1642HZPG43
1648HZPG43
1654HZPG43
1660HZPG43
1666HZPG43
1672HZPG43
1684HZPG43
and pigeon hole unit (compartment interiors are 2-3/8"
high )
ML
C
Number of doors:
30'' to 42'': 1 door
48'' to 84'': 2 doors
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
HZPG
CODE
(C)
...
LR (STD)
HR
LH
*HH
Specify
leg base
...
Without lock (STD)
LKBL (black)
LKSN (Satin nickel)
Option
lock
See section:
DVD
...
Option
dividers
...
Accessories
Option
handles
...
TB
Option
tackboard
See
Notes
Tackboards
A tackboard can be added under the door section of the hutch
Leg base
If the choice of base is not specified, the standard is two full legs (LR)
p.89
Other possible leg configurations: 1/2 leg on left (HR) or 1/2 leg on right (LH) / Add $33 retail
For 1/2 legs on left and right (HH), Add $66 retail
Warning
p.8
Handles
Hutches with half legs (HH) must be secured to the wall or to adjacent furniture so that they do not tip forward. Logiflex is not
responsible for any accidents caused by hutches that have not been correctly installed.
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
Locks
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
Back panel
The back panel of the hutch has a horizontal wood grain
Divider option
Set of 3 wire dividers (DVD) offered as an option / Add $22 retail per set
p.178
p.189
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
84
p.188
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
HUTCHES WITH HINGED DOORS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
NO HANDLES / NO LOCKS / PRE-DRILLED HOLES FOR WIRE DIVIDERS (Wire
dividers not included) / TASK-LIGHT CONCEALER / FLEXIBLE GROMMET ON BACK
CODE
A B
37" high hutch with hinged doors
C
1630HP37
1636HP37
1642HP37
1648HP37
1654HP37
1660HP37
1666HP37
1672HP37
1684HP37
A B
43" high hutch with hinged doors
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
562
629
656
716
890
895
929
999
1085
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
596
675
710
771
958
972
1017
1099
1234
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
754
846
895
972
1170
1199
1256
1355
1519
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
623
695
724
793
951
994
1028
1103
1228
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
652
731
766
829
1017
1028
1072
1157
1334
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
809
901
951
1028
1227
1256
1312
1412
1575
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1055
1122
1213
1312
1531
1610
1703
1746
1907
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1094
1164
1264
1369
1595
1689
1788
1838
2016
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1249
1334
1447
1568
1809
1917
2028
2093
2299
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C
1630HP43
1636HP43
1642HP43
1648HP43
1654HP43
1660HP43
1666HP43
1672HP43
1684HP43
55" high hutch with hinged doors
A B
One adjustable shelf per section
1630HPA55
1636HPA55
1642HPA55
1648HPA55
1654HPA55
1660HPA55
1666HPA55
1672HPA55
1684HPA55
Number of doors:
ML
C
30'' to 42'': 2 doors | 48'' to 54'': 3 doors | 60'' to 72'': 4 doors | 84": 5 doors
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
HP
HPA
CODE
(C)
...
LR (STD)
HR
LH
*HH
Specify
leg base
without locks (STD)
LKBL (black)
LKSN (Satin nickel)
...
Option
locks
...
DVD
Option
dividers
See section:
...
Accessories
Option
handles
...
TB
LI
Option
tackboard
See
Notes
Tackboards
A tackboard can be added under the door section of the hutch
Leg base
If the choice of base is not specified, the standard is two full legs (LR)
p.89
Other possible leg configurations: 1/2 leg on left (HR) or 1/2 leg on right (LH) / Add $33 retail
For 1/2 legs on left and right (HH), Add $66 retail
Warning
p.8
Locks
Hutches with half legs (HH) must be secured to the wall or to adjacent furniture so that they do not tip forward. Logiflex is not responsible
for any accidents caused by hutches that have not been correctly installed.
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
Back panel
The back panel of the hutch has a horizontal wood grain
Divider option
Set of 3 wire dividers (DVD) offered as an option / Add $22 retail per set
Handles
p.189
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
85
p.188
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
HUTCHES WITH HINGED DOORS
AND PIGEON HOLE UNIT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
NO HANDLES / NO LOCKS / PRE-DRILLED HOLES FOR WIRE DIVIDERS (Wire
dividers not included) / TASK-LIGHT CONCEALER / FLEXIBLE GROMMET ON
BACK
CODE
A B
37" high hutch with hinged doors
C
1630HPPG37
1636HPPG37
1642HPPG37
1648HPPG37
1654HPPG37
1660HPPG37
1666HPPG37
1672HPPG37
1684HPPG37
and pigeon hole unit
(compartment interiors are 2-3/8" high )
A B
43" high hutch with hinged doors
(compartment interiors are 2-3/8" high )
A B
55" high hutch with hinged doors
(compartment interiors are 2-3/8" high )
One adjustable shelf per section
Number of doors:
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
831
898
952
1016
1244
1236
1304
1374
1497
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
865
922
994
1072
1305
1312
1383
1475
1595
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1022
1094
1178
1269
1519
1540
1652
1730
1880
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
893
933
996
1067
1286
1309
1363
1445
1547
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
922
979
1050
1128
1362
1369
1441
1531
1652
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1077
1151
1234
1327
1575
1595
1709
1788
1936
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1325
1382
1513
1589
1864
1951
2063
2105
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1349
1427
1532
1652
1926
2026
2139
2196
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1504
1597
1717
1851
2141
2254
2380
2449
2274
—
2379
—
2664
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C
1630HPAPG55
1636HPAPG55
1642HPAPG55
1648HPAPG55
1654HPAPG55
1660HPAPG55
1666HPAPG55
1672HPAPG55
1684HPAPG55
and pigeon hole unit
MLL
1"
C
1630HPPG43
1636HPPG43
1642HPPG43
1648HPPG43
1654HPPG43
1660HPPG43
1666HPPG43
1672HPPG43
1684HPPG43
and pigeon hole unit
ML
30'' to 42'': 2 doors | 48'' to 54'': 3 doors | 60'' to 72'': 4 doors | 84": 5 doors
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
HPPG
( A B ) HPAPG ( C )
CODE
...
LR (STD)
HR
LH
*HH
Specify
leg base
without locks (STD)
LKBL (black)
LKSN (Satin nickel)
...
Option
locks
...
DVD
Option
See section:
...
dividers
Accessories
Option
handles
TB
LI
...
Option
tackboard
See
Notes
Tackboards
A tackboard can be added under the door section of the hutch
Leg base
If the choice of base is not specified, the standard is two full legs (LR)
p.89
Other possible leg configurations: 1/2 leg on left (HR) or 1/2 leg on right (LH) / Add $33 retail
For 1/2 legs on left and right (HH), Add $66 retail
Warning
p.8
Locks
Hutches with half legs (HH) must be secured to the wall or to adjacent furniture so that they do not tip forward. Logiflex is not
responsible for any accidents caused by hutches that have not been correctly installed.
To add handles, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail each
p.178
Black lock (LKBL) or satin nickel lock (LKSN) offered as options / Add $34 retail / Match to handle colour
Back panel
The back panel of the hutch has a horizontal wood grain
Divider option
Set of 3 wire dividers (DVD) offered as an option / Add $22 retail per set
Handles
p.189
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
86
p.188
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
OPEN HUTCHES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
PRE-DRILLED HOLES FOR WIRE DIVIDERS (Wire dividers not included) / TASKLIGHT CONCEALER / FLEXIBLE GROMMET ON BACK
CODE
37" high open hutch
A B
C
Vertical middle panel on hutches
1630HO37
1636HO37
1642HO37
1648HO37
1654HO37
1660HO37
1666HO37
1672HO37
1684HO37
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
404
449
490
541
596
624
652
710
851
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
442
490
546
596
659
675
710
872
999
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
596
659
731
794
872
901
951
1128
1283
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
464
501
548
591
648
665
693
838
958
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
497
546
602
652
716
731
766
929
1055
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
652
716
788
851
929
958
1006
1185
1340
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
of 48'' wide and more
A B
43" high open hutch
C
1630HO43
1636HO43
1642HO43
1648HO43
1654HO43
1660HO43
1666HO43
1672HO43
1684HO43
Vertical middle panel on hutches
of 48'' wide and more
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
HO
CODE
(C)
...
LR (STD)
HR
LH
*HH
Specify
leg base
...
DVD
Option
dividers
...
TB
LI
Option
tackboard
See
Notes
Tackboards
A tackboard can be added under the door section of the hutch
Leg base
If the choice of base is not specified, the standard is two full legs (LR)
p.89
Other possible leg configurations: 1/2 leg on left (HR) or 1/2 leg on right (LH) / Add $33 retail
For 1/2 legs on left and right (HH), Add $66 retail
p.8
Warning
Hutches with half legs (HH) must be secured to the wall or to adjacent furniture so that they do not tip forward. Logiflex is not responsible
for any accidents caused by hutches that have not been correctly installed.
Back panel
The back panel of the hutch has a horizontal wood grain
Divider option
Set of 3 wire dividers (DVD) offered as an option / Add $22 retail per set
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
87
p.188
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
SIN711-2
OPEN HUTCHES WITH PIGEON HOLE UNIT
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
PRE-DRILLED HOLES FOR WIRE DIVIDERS (Wire dividers not included) / TASKLIGHT CONCEALER / FLEXIBLE GROMMET ON BACK
CODE
A B
37" high open hutch
54" wide or more only
1630HOPG37
1636HOPG37
1642HOPG37
1648HOPG37
1654HOPG37
1660HOPG37
1666HOPG37
1672HOPG37
1684HOPG37
43" high open hutch
A B
with pigeon hole unit
1630HOPG43
1636HOPG43
1642HOPG43
1648HOPG43
1654HOPG43
1660HOPG43
1666HOPG43
1672HOPG43
1684HOPG43
with pigeon hole unit
(compartment interiors are 2-3/8" high )
Vertical middle panel on hutches
(compartment interiors are 2-3/8" high )
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
673
718
790
839
937
964
1026
1122
1256
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
712
739
830
896
1007
1015
1076
1248
1361
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
865
907
1016
1095
1221
1241
1317
1504
1645
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
733
749
848
891
988
1005
1068
1213
1333
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
768
794
885
950
1062
1072
1135
1303
1416
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
922
964
1071
1148
1275
1299
1375
1558
1702
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C
C
Vertical middle panel on hutches
54" wide or more only
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
( A B ) HOPG
CODE
(C)
...
LR (STD)
HR
LH
*HH
Specify
leg base
...
DVD
Option
...
dividers
TB
LI
Option
tackboard
See
Notes
Tackboards
A tackboard can be added under the door section of the hutch
Leg base
If the choice of base is not specified, the standard is two full legs (LR)
p.89
Other possible leg configurations: 1/2 leg on left (HR) or 1/2 leg on right (LH) / Add $33 retail
For 1/2 legs on left and right (HH), Add $66 retail
Warning
p.8
Back panel
Hutches with half legs (HH) must be secured to the wall or to adjacent furniture so that they do not tip forward. Logiflex is not
responsible for any accidents caused by hutches that have not been correctly installed.
The back panel of the hutch has a horizontal wood grain
Divider option
Set of 3 wire dividers (DVD) offered as an option / Add $22 retail per set
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
88
p.188
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
HUTCHES WITH ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
tfl
tfl
hpl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1630HAS37
1636HAS37
1642HAS37
1648HAS37
581
602
675
710
—
—
—
—
624
652
733
778
—
—
—
—
756
795
890
947
—
—
—
—
1654HAS37
1660HAS37
1666HAS37
1672HAS37
1684HAS37
759
788
838
937
1113
—
—
—
—
—
834
870
929
1038
1231
—
—
—
—
—
1017
1063
1135
1256
1462
—
—
—
—
—
1630HAS43
1636HAS43
1642HAS43
1648HAS43
619
639
745
781
—
—
—
—
663
689
803
836
—
—
—
—
793
831
959
1006
—
—
—
—
1654HAS43
1660HAS43
1666HAS43
1672HAS43
1684HAS43
829
851
907
1006
1199
—
—
—
—
—
904
933
999
1107
1315
—
—
—
—
—
1086
1128
1205
1326
1547
—
—
—
—
—
CODE
A B
Vertical middle panel on hutches
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARD: WITH FLEXIBLE GROMMET ON BACK
37" high hutch with 4 adjustable shelves
tfl
C
of more than 48'' wide
A B
43" high hutch with 4 adjustable shelves
Vertical middle panel on hutches
of more than 48'' wide
C
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
HAS
(C)
CODE
...
LR (STD)
HR
LH
*HH
Specify
leg base
See
Notes
Tackboards
A tackboard can be added under the door section of the hutch
Leg base
If the choice of base is not specified, the standard is two full legs (LR)
p.89
Other possible leg configurations: 1/2 leg on left (HR) or 1/2 leg on right (LH) / Add $33 retail
For 1/2 legs on left and right (HH), Add $66 retail
Warning
Back panel
p.8
Hutches with half legs (HH) must be secured to the wall or to adjacent furniture so that they do not tip forward. Logiflex is not
responsible for any accidents caused by hutches that have not been correctly installed.
The back panel of the hutch has a horizontal wood grain
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
89
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
WALL SHELVES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
270
306
419
497
619
639
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
318
333
453
525
639
675
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
PRE-DRILLED HOLES FOR WIRE DIVIDERS (Wire dividers not included) / ZBARS FOR WALL MOUNTING (Hardware not included)
CODE
A B
Wall shelf (no top)
1336WWS
1342WWS
1348WWS
1354WWS
1360WWS
1372WWS
A B
Wall shelf (with top)
1336WWST
1342WWST
1348WWST
1354WWST
1360WWST
1372WWST
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
WWS
( A B ) WWST
CODE
...
DVD
Option
dividers
See
Notes
Divider option
Set of 3 wire dividers (DVD) offered as an option / Add $22 retail per set
Attention
Logiflex is not responsible for the installation of wall shelves. This responsibility belongs entirely to the distributor or the
client.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
90
p.188
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
TACKBOARDS
FOR HUTCHES
CODE (LOGIFLEX FABRIC)
CODE (COM FABRIC)
B
Fabric tackboard
B
30TB
36TB
42TB
48TB
54TB
60TB
66TB
72TB
84TB
228
228
228
228
228
299
299
333
370
30TBCOM
36TBCOM
42TBCOM
48TBCOM
54TBCOM
60TBCOM
66TBCOM
72TBCOM
84TBCOM
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
171
A: according to hutch height
B
Cork tackboard
30LI
36LI
42LI
48LI
54LI
60LI
66LI
72LI
84LI
A: according to hutch height
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
228
228
228
228
228
299
299
333
370
See Logiflex fabric chart
Your (COM) number
TB
TBCOM
(B)
LI
CODE
...
Specify (fabric for TB and
TBCOM)
If ordering a tackboard for an existing hutch, please specify the code of the existing hutch. Logiflex can then make the tackboard to the
exact dimensions for easy installation of the product.
Example:
ML72TB
72" hutch / For existing hutch ML1672HPPG43 / Choice of fabric
For tackboards with COM fabrics, here are the number of yards required to manufacture the tackboards:
30"
36"
42"
48"
54"
60"
Tackboards
Tackboards
Tackboards
Tackboards
Tackboards
Tackboards
1 yard
1-1/2 yards
1-1/2 yards
1-1/2 yards
2 yards
2 yards
66"
72"
78"
84"
96"
Tackboards
Tackboards
Tackboards
Tackboards
Tackboards
2 yards
2-1/2 yards
2-1/2 yards
2-1/2 yards
3 yards
Notes
Standard fabrics:
Please choose from the Logiflex fabric colour chart
Chair fabrics:
Please submit a quotation request by providing the following information: manufacturer name, pattern name/number and color
name/number. Prices available upon quotation.
COM fabrics:
COM fabrics must be sent directly to your customer service representative PREPAID.
(provided by the
client)
It is very important to indicate the reference number of your purchase order on the package containing your fabric.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
91
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
TACKBOARDS AND DISPLAY BOARDS
Attaches to wall with Velcro system (included)
CODE
A B
Tackboard made of fabric chosen from the Logiflex chart
Back of
tackboard
2430TBW
2436TBW
2442TBW
2448TBW
2454TBW
2460TBW
2466TBW
2472TBW
2484TBW
Spaces on back to
allow for passage of
wiring
228
228
228
228
228
299
299
333
370
Front of
tackboard
A B
Cork tackboard
2430LIW
2436LIW
2442LIW
2448LIW
2454LIW
2460LIW
2466LIW
2472LIW
2484LIW
228
228
228
228
228
299
299
333
370
A B
Tackboards with COM fabric (fabric provided by the client)
Amount of fabric needed (yards)
2430TBWCOM
2436TBWCOM
2442TBWCOM
2448TBWCOM
2454TBWCOM
2460TBWCOM
2466TBWCOM
2472TBWCOM
2484TBWCOM
Spaces on back to
allow for passage of
wiring
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
171
##
##
##
#
#
#
##
##
#
###
###
###
###
###
Front of
tackboard
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
TBW
TBWCOM
LIW
CODE
(AB)
See Logiflex fabric chart
Your (COM) number
...
Specify (fabric for TB and
TBCOM)
Notes
Standard fabrics:
Please choose from the Logiflex fabric color chart
Chair fabrics:
Please submit a quotation request by providing the following information: manufacturer name, pattern name/number
and color name/number. Prices available upon quotation.
COM fabrics:
COM fabrics must be sent directly to your customer service representative PREPAID.
For this option, please submit a quotation request by providing the following information: manufacturer name, series
name, colour name and colour number
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
92
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
CORNER TABLES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
CORNER GROMMET / FLUSH MODESTIES
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
Corner table (straight cut)
203620CT
204220CT
204820CT
244224CT
244824CT
304230CT
304830CT
642
726
804
726
804
726
804
810
930
1133
930
1133
930
1133
751
858
1043
858
1043
858
1043
901
1057
1288
1057
1288
1057
1288
1007
1159
1355
1159
1355
1159
1355
1168
1372
1617
1372
1617
1372
1617
Corner table (curved cut)
203620CTC
204220CTC
204820CTC
244224CTC
244824CTC
304230CTC
304830CTC
642
726
804
726
804
726
804
810
930
1133
930
1133
930
1133
751
858
1043
858
1043
858
1043
901
1057
1288
1057
1288
1057
1288
1035
1188
1383
1215
1412
1244
1440
1198
1403
1646
1432
1677
1463
1705
Types of leg bases:
LR
LH
R
CT
M___
( A B C ) CTC
...
CODE
Serie
L
...
LR
LH
HR
HH
Specify
leg base
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
H
GRL
GRR
GLR
...
modesty
H
R
H
L
HOW TO ORDER?
HH
HR
PF position
H
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option
Option grommets
grommets
( (ififadditionnal
grommets)
additional grommets)
See
Notes
Leg base:
Possible types of leg base configurations: Full legs (LR), 1/2 leg on left (HR), 1/2 leg on right (LH), 1/2 legs on left
and right (HH)
Modesties:
If the choice of modesty is not indicated, the standard is a full modesty (FM)
p.8
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Grommet positions:
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), or GLR (left and right)
p,8
Grommet styles:
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
93
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
LATERAL TABLES, 20'' AND 24''
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
CENTERED GROMMET FOR WIDTHS OF LESS THAN 48''
tfl
hpl
LEFT AND RIGHT GROMMETS (GRL) FOR WIDTHS 48" OR MORE
Compatible only with other lateral tables or extended
corner tables because of the direction of the wood
grain as well as the thickness of the leg base.
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
2024TL
2030TL
2036TL
2042TL
2048TL
2054TL
2060TL
2066TL
2072TL
375
391
425
448
469
490
503
531
553
441
456
511
543
573
615
639
671
709
412
425
476
503
531
569
589
619
652
470
500
558
597
642
685
715
752
804
553
581
646
688
731
781
816
858
907
618
663
738
797
849
908
952
1006
1103
2430TL
2436TL
2442TL
2448TL
2454TL
2460TL
2466TL
2472TL
412
448
469
497
509
531
553
575
504
558
590
622
663
687
718
759
469
518
546
575
611
631
659
695
544
604
650
685
730
760
797
849
624
688
731
771
829
858
901
951
709
782
842
894
952
999
1049
1095
CODE
A B
Lateral table
20"
Flush
modesty
24"
Flush
modesty
Types of leg bases:
L
L
R
H
H
R
H
H
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
( A B ) TL
CODE
...
LR
HR
LH
HH
Specify
leg base
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
PF position
modesty
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option
Option grommets
grommets
( if additionnal grommets)
( if additional grommets)
...
SH1
SH2
Option
shelves
See
Notes
Leg base:
Possible types of leg base configurations: Full legs (LR), 1/2 leg on left (HR), 1/2 leg on right (LH), 1/2 legs on left and
right (HH)
Modesties:
If the choice of modesty is not indicated, the standard is a full modesty (FM)
p.8
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions:
Widths less of 48'': centered grommet (GRC) / Widths 48" or more: grommets on left and right (GLR)
Grommet styles:
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.8
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), or GLR (left and right)
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Fixed shelves:
p.8
p.189
A 12" deep fixed shelf can be added 16" below the work surface
SH1/ For lateral tables 36" wide or less, add $61 retail
SH2/ For lateral tables 42" wide or more, add $83 retail
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
94
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
LATERAL TABLES, 30'' AND 36''
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
tfl
CENTERED GROMMET FOR WIDTHS OF LESS THAN 48''
hpl
LEFT AND RIGHT GROMMETS (GRL) FOR WIDTHS 48" OR MORE
Compatible only with other lateral tables or extended
corner tables because of the direction of the wood grain
as well as the thickness of the leg base.
CODE
Lateral table
A
30"
Flush modesty
36"
Flush modesty
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
3024TL
3030TL
3036TL
3042TL
3048TL
3054TL
3060TL
3066TL
3072TL
444
460
476
490
525
553
569
602
631
512
568
621
653
687
728
752
816
856
477
525
575
602
631
667
688
745
781
544
604
663
709
768
824
880
946
999
618
681
745
788
988
1055
1122
1199
1264
692
768
842
901
1154
1221
1288
1423
1506
3630TL
3636TL
3642TL
3648TL
3654TL
3660TL
3666TL
3672TL
588
602
607
619
631
646
659
681
711
752
753
778
805
833
884
943
659
676
693
714
736
759
809
858
792
827
866
906
950
975
1044
1119
971
1016
1062
1110
1162
1213
1292
1369
1109
1174
1239
1308
1380
1452
1549
1654
R
L
H
Types of leg bases:
L
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
( A B ) TL
CODE
...
LR
HR
LH
HH
Specify
leg base
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
PF position
modesty
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option grommets
grommets
Option
(( if
grommets)
if additionnal
additional grommets)
...
H
R
H
H
SH1
SH2
Option
shelves
See
Notes
Leg base:
Possible types of leg base configurations: Full legs (LR), 1/2 leg on left (HR), 1/2 leg on right (LH), 1/2 legs on left and
right (HH)
Modesties:
If the choice of modesty is not indicated, the standard is a full modesty (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions:
Grommet styles:
p.8
Widths less than 48'': centered grommet (GRC) / Widths 48" or more: grommets on left and right (GLR)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), or GLR (left and right)
p.8
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Fixed shelves:
p.8
p.189
A 12" deep fixed shelf can be added 16" below the work surface
SH1/ For lateral tables 36" wide or less, add $61 retail
SH2/ For lateral tables 42" wide or more, add $83 retail
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
95
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
LATERAL TABLES WITH CORNER CUT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
CENTERED GROMMET FOR WIDTHS OF LESS THAN 48''
tfl
hpl
LEFT AND RIGHT GROMMETS (GRL) FOR WIDTHS 48" OR MORE
Compatible only with other lateral tables or extended
corner tables because of the direction of the wood
grain as well as the thickness of the leg base.
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
B C
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
203626TLC
204226TLC
204826TLC
205426TLC
206026TLC
206626TLC
207226TLC
528
553
576
599
614
659
689
653
680
713
754
778
839
880
602
631
659
695
716
771
809
701
757
807
863
901
968
1028
771
816
858
915
943
1017
1066
900
962
1020
1094
1140
1232
1298
243630TLC
244230TLC
244830TLC
245430TLC
246030TLC
246630TLC
247230TLC
528
553
576
599
614
659
689
653
680
713
754
778
839
880
602
631
659
695
716
771
809
701
757
807
863
901
968
1028
771
816
858
915
943
1017
1066
900
962
1020
1094
1140
1232
1298
303636TLC
304236TLC
304836TLC
305436TLC
306036TLC
306636TLC
307236TLC
624
652
679
695
710
724
754
729
763
796
836
863
896
937
675
703
731
766
788
816
851
821
864
910
965
1006
1053
1108
846
887
929
988
1017
1055
1107
995
1056
1118
1198
1246
1304
1377
CODE
A
Lateral table with left corner cut
26", cut at 20"
Flush modesty
30", cut at 24"
Flush modesty
36", cut at 30"
Flush modesty
Types of leg bases:
H
R
H
H
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
( A B C ) TLC
CODE
...
HR
HH
Specify
leg base
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
modesty
PF position
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option
Option grommets
grommets
...
( if
grommets)
( ifadditionnal
additional grommets)
SH1
SH2
Option
shelves
See
Notes
Leg base:
Possible leg base configurations: 1/2 leg on left (HR) or 1/2 legs on left and right (HH)
Modesties:
If the choice of modesty is not indicated, the standard is a full modesty (FM)
p.8
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions:
p.8
Widths less than 48'': centered grommet (GRC) / Widths 48" or more: grommets on left and right (GLR)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), or GLR (left and right)
Grommet styles:
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Fixed shelves:
p.8
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
p.189
A 12" deep fixed shelf can be added 16" below the work surface
SH1/ For lateral tables 36" wide or less, add $61 retail
SH2/ For lateral tables 42" wide or more, add $83 retail
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
96
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
LATERAL TABLES WITH CORNER CUT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
CENTERED GROMMET FOR WIDTHS OF LESS THAN 48''
tfl
hpl
LEFT AND RIGHT GROMMETS (GRL) FOR WIDTHS 48" OR MORE
Compatible only with other lateral tables or
extended corner tables because of the direction of
the wood grain as well as the thickness of the leg
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
B C
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
263620TLC
264220TLC
264820TLC
265420TLC
266020TLC
266620TLC
267220TLC
528
553
576
599
614
659
689
653
680
713
754
778
839
880
602
631
659
695
716
771
809
701
757
807
863
901
968
1028
771
816
858
915
943
1017
1066
900
962
1020
1094
1140
1232
1298
303624TLC
304224TLC
304824TLC
305424TLC
306024TLC
306624TLC
307224TLC
528
553
576
599
614
659
689
653
680
713
754
778
839
880
602
631
659
695
716
771
809
701
757
807
863
901
968
1028
771
816
858
915
943
1017
1066
900
962
1020
1094
1140
1232
1298
363630TLC
364230TLC
364830TLC
365430TLC
366030TLC
366630TLC
367230TLC
624
652
679
695
710
724
754
729
763
796
836
863
896
937
675
703
731
766
788
816
851
821
864
910
965
1006
1053
1108
846
887
929
988
1017
1055
1107
995
1056
1118
1198
1246
1304
1377
CODE
A
Lateral table with right corner cut
26", cut at 20"
Flush modesty
30", cut at 24"
Flush modesty
36", cut at 30"
Flush modesty
Types of leg bases:
L
H
H
H
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
( A B C ) TLC
CODE
...
LH
HH
Specify
leg base
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
PF position
modesty
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option grommets
Option
grommets
( if additionnal grommets)
( if additional grommets)
...
SH1
SH2
Option
shelves
See
Notes
Leg base:
Possible leg base configurations: 1/2 leg on right (LH) or 1/2 legs on left and right (HH)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions:
Grommet styles:
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), or GLR (left and right)
p.8
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Fixed shelves:
p.8
Widths less than 48'': centered grommet (GRC) / Widths 48" or more: grommets on left and right (GLR)
p.189
A 12" deep fixed shelf can be added 16" below the work surface
SH1/ For lateral tables 36" wide or less, add $61 retail
SH2/ For lateral tables 42" wide or more, add $83 retail
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
97
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
LATERAL TABLES WITH ROUNDED CUT
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
CENTERED GROMMET FOR WIDTHS OF LESS THAN 48''
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
LEFT AND RIGHT GROMMETS (GRL) FOR WIDTHS 48" OR MORE
Compatible only with other lateral tables or
extended corner tables because of the direction
of the wood grain as well as the thickness of the
leg base.
CODE
A B C
Lateral table with left rounded cut
26", cut to 20"
Flush modesty
30", cut to 24"
Flush modesty
36", cut to 30"
Flush modesty
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
203626TCV
204226TCV
204826TCV
205426TCV
206026TCV
206626TCV
207226TCV
553
579
598
622
637
687
712
723
757
788
828
854
916
954
675
703
731
766
788
846
881
768
810
849
894
925
990
1044
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
243630TCV
244230TCV
244830TCV
245430TCV
246030TCV
246630TCV
247230TCV
553
579
598
622
637
687
712
723
757
788
828
854
916
954
675
703
731
766
788
846
881
768
810
849
894
925
990
1044
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
303636TCV
304236TCV
304836TCV
305436TCV
306036TCV
306636TCV
307236TCV
652
667
681
695
710
724
754
803
835
870
912
937
961
893
745
771
802
838
858
877
922
842
888
925
968
999
1178
1090
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Types of leg bases:
H
R
H
H
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
( A B C ) TCV
CODE
...
HR
HH
Specify
leg base
...
FM (STD)
PM
SM
Specify
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
...
modesty
PF position
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option grommets
grommets
Option
...
( if additionnal grommets)
( if additional grommets)
SH1
SH2
Option
shelves
See
Notes
Leg base:
Modesties:
Possible types of leg base configurations: 1/2 leg on left (HR) or 1/2 legs on left and right (HH)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions:
Grommet styles:
p.8
Widths less than 48'': centered grommet (GRC) / Widths 48" or more: grommets on left and right (GLR)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), or GLR (left and right)
p.8
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Fixed shelves:
p.8
If the choice of modesty is not indicated, the standard is a full modesty (FM)
p.189
A 12" deep fixed shelf can be added 16" below the work surface
SH1/ For lateral tables 36" wide or less, add $61 retail
SH2/ For lateral tables 42" wide or more, add $83 retail
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
98
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
LATERAL TABLES WITH ROUNDED CUT
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
CENTERED GROMMET FOR WIDTHS OF LESS THAN 48''
tfl
hpl
LEFT AND RIGHT GROMMETS (GRL) FOR WIDTHS 48" OR MORE
Compatible only with other lateral tables or
extended corner tables because of the direction
of the wood grain and the thickness of the leg
CODE
Lateral table with right rounded cut
A B C
26", cut to 20"
Flush modesty
30", cut to 24"
Flush modesty
36", cut to 30"
Flush modesty
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
263620TCV
264220TCV
264820TCV
265420TCV
266020TCV
266620TCV
267220TCV
553
579
598
622
637
687
712
723
757
788
828
854
916
954
675
703
731
766
788
846
881
768
810
849
894
925
990
1044
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
303624TCV
304224TCV
304824TCV
305424TCV
306024TCV
306624TCV
307224TCV
553
579
598
622
637
687
712
723
757
788
828
854
916
954
675
703
731
766
788
846
881
768
810
849
894
925
990
1044
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
363630TCV
364230TCV
364830TCV
365430TCV
366030TCV
366630TCV
367230TCV
652
667
681
695
710
724
754
803
835
870
912
937
961
893
745
771
802
838
858
877
922
842
888
925
968
999
1178
1090
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Types of leg bases:
L
H
H
H
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
( A B C ) TCV
CODE
...
LH
HH
Specify
leg base
...
FM
PM
SM
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
(STD)
Specify
...
modesty
PF position
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option grommets
( if additional grommets)
...
SH1
SH2
Option
shelves
See
Notes
Leg base:
Possible leg base configurations: 1/2 leg on right (LH) or 1/2 leg on left and right (HH)
Modesties:
If the choice of modesty is not indicated, the standard is a full modesty (FM)
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions:
Grommet styles:
p.8
Widths less than 48'': centered grommet (GRC) / Widths 48" or more: grommets on left and right (GLR)
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), or GLR (left and right)
p.8
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
Fixed shelves:
p.8
p.189
A 12" deep fixed shelf can be added 16" below the work surface
SH1/ For lateral tables 36" wide or less, add $61 retail
SH2/ For lateral tables 42" wide or more, add $83 retail
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
99
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
EXTENDED CORNER TABLES
STRAIGHT CUT
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARD: CORNER GROMMET (GRC)
Compatible only with other lateral tables or extended
corner tables because of the direction of the wood
grain as well as the thickness of the leg base.
Corner table extended to the left - straight cut
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C D
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20603620L
20663620L
20723620L
802
838
895
1042
1083
1168
958
994
1072
1184
1237
1341
1355
1405
1525
1601
1668
1817
20604220L
20664220L
20724220L
951
988
1043
1225
1284
1363
1128
1178
1249
1393
1467
1566
1540
1604
1703
1825
1913
2042
20604820L
20664820L
20724820L
1099
1134
1191
1412
1475
1561
1300
1355
1434
1601
1684
1788
1723
1793
1917
2048
2144
2294
24603624L
24663624L
24723624L
802
838
895
1042
1083
1168
958
994
1072
1184
1237
1341
1355
1405
1525
1601
1668
1817
24604224L
24664224L
24724224L
951
988
1043
1225
1284
1363
1128
1178
1249
1393
1467
1566
1540
1604
1703
1825
1913
2042
24604824L
24664824L
24724824L
1099
1134
1191
1412
1475
1561
1300
1355
1434
1601
1684
1788
1723
1793
1917
2048
2144
2294
30604230L
30664230L
30724230L
951
988
1043
1225
1284
1363
1128
1178
1249
1393
1467
1566
1540
1604
1703
1825
1913
2042
30604830L
30664830L
30724830L
1099
1134
1191
1412
1475
1561
1300
1355
1434
1601
1684
1788
1723
1793
1917
2048
2144
2294
CODE
20"
Flush
modesties
24"
Flush
modesties
30"
Flush
modesties
Types of leg bases:
LH
LR
L
HR
HH
H
L
H
H
R
R
H
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(ABCD)
CODE
L
LR
LH
HR
HH
...
Specify
leg base
FM (STD)
PM
SM
...
...
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
PF position
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option grommets
( if additional grommets)
See
Notes
Leg base:
Possible types of leg base configurations: Full legs (LR), 1/2 leg on left (HR), 1/2 leg on right (LH), 1/2 legs on
left and right (HH)
Modesties:
If the choice of modesty is not indicated, the standard is a full modesty (FM)
Grommet positions:
p.8
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), or GLR (left and right)
p.8
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
Grommet styles:
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
100
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
EXTENDED CORNER TABLES
STRAIGHT CUT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARD: CORNER GROMMET (GRC)
Compatible only with other lateral tables or extended
corner tables because of the direction of the wood
grain as well as the thickness of the leg base.
Corner table extended to the right - straight cut
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20366020L
20366620L
20367220L
802
838
895
1042
1083
1168
958
994
1072
1184
1237
1341
1355
1405
1525
1601
1668
1817
20426020L
20426620L
20427220L
951
988
1043
1225
1284
1363
1128
1178
1249
1393
1467
1566
1540
1604
1703
1825
1913
2042
20486020L
20486620L
20487220L
1099
1134
1191
1412
1475
1561
1300
1355
1434
1601
1684
1788
1723
1793
1917
2048
2144
2294
24366024L
24366624L
24367224L
802
838
895
1042
1083
1168
958
994
1072
1184
1237
1341
1355
1405
1525
1601
1668
1817
24426024L
24426624L
24427224L
951
988
1043
1225
1284
1363
1128
1178
1249
1393
1467
1566
1540
1604
1703
1825
1913
2042
24486024L
24486624L
24487224L
1099
1134
1191
1412
1475
1561
1300
1355
1434
1601
1684
1788
1723
1793
1917
2048
2144
2294
30426030L
30426630L
30427230L
951
988
1043
1225
1284
1363
1128
1178
1249
1393
1467
1566
1540
1604
1703
1825
1913
2042
30486030L
30486630L
30487230L
1099
1134
1191
1412
1475
1561
1300
1355
1434
1601
1684
1788
1723
1793
1917
2048
2144
2294
CODE
A
20"
Flush
modesties
24"
Flush
modesties
30"
Flush
modesties
B C D
Types of leg bases:
LR
LH
R
HR
H
L
L
HH
R
H
H
H
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(ABCD)
CODE
L
LR
LH
HR
HH
...
Specify
leg base
FM (STD)
PM
SM
...
...
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
PF position
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option grommets
( if additional grommets)
See
Notes
Leg base:
Possible types of leg base configurations: Full legs (LR), 1/2 leg on left (HR), 1/2 leg on right (LH), 1/2 legs on left
and right (HH)
Modesties:
If the choice of modesty is not indicated, the standard is a full modesty (FM)
Grommet positions:
p.8
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
p.8
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), or GLR (left and right)
p.8
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
Grommet styles:
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
101
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
EXTENDED CORNER TABLES
CURVED CUT
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARD: CORNER GROMMET (GRC)
Compatible only with other lateral tables or extended
corner tables because of the direction of the wood
grain as well as the thickness of the leg base.
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20603620R
20663620R
20723620R
829
865
921
1085
1145
1224
1099
1134
1213
1332
1384
1490
1663
1738
1856
1925
2019
2166
20604220R
20664220R
20724220R
979
1017
1072
1277
1342
1426
1269
1318
1391
1544
1617
1714
1847
1936
2047
2148
2263
2402
20604820R
20664820R
20724820R
1128
1164
1221
1470
1536
1624
1441
1497
1575
1751
1833
1937
2018
2088
2204
2356
2451
2597
24603624R
24663624R
24723624R
829
865
921
1085
1145
1224
1099
1134
1213
1332
1384
1490
—
—
—
—
—
—
24604224R
24664224R
24724224R
979
1017
1072
1277
1342
1426
1269
1318
1391
1544
1617
1714
1859
1949
2060
2160
2276
2416
24604824R
24664824R
24724824R
1128
1164
1221
1470
1536
1624
1441
1497
1575
1751
1833
1937
2029
2099
2218
2370
2465
2612
30604230R
30664230R
30724230R
979
1017
1072
1277
1342
1426
1269
1318
1391
1544
1617
1714
—
—
—
—
—
—
30604830R
30664830R
30724830R
1128
1164
1221
1470
1536
1624
1441
1497
1575
1751
1833
1937
2055
2126
2243
2398
2494
2640
CODE
A B C D
Corner table extended to the left - curved cut
20"
Flush
modesties
24"
Flush
modesties
30"
Flush
modesties
Types of leg bases:
LR
LH
HR
L
L
H
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(ABCD)
R
CODE
H
H
R
LR
LH
HR
HH
...
Specify
leg base
HH
FM (STD)
PM
SM
...
...
Specify
modesty
H
R
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
PF position
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option grommets
( if additional grommets)
See
Notes
Leg base:
Possible types of leg base configurations: Full legs (LR), 1/2 leg on left (HR), 1/2 leg on right (LH), 1/2 legs on
left and right (HH)
Modesties:
If the choice of modesty is not indicated, the standard is a full modesty (FM)
p.8
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions:
p.8
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), or GLR (left and right)
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
Grommet styles:
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.8
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
102
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
EXTENDED CORNER TABLES
CURVED CUT
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARD: CORNER GROMMET (GRC)
DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
Compatible only with other lateral tables or extended
corner tables because of the direction of the wood grain
as well as the thickness of the leg base.
Corner table extended to the right - curved cut
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C D
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20366020R
20366620R
20367220R
829
865
921
1085
1145
1224
1099
1134
1213
1332
1384
1490
1663
1738
1856
1925
2019
2166
20426020R
20426620R
20427220R
979
1017
1072
1277
1342
1426
1269
1318
1391
1544
1617
1714
1847
1936
2047
2148
2263
2402
20486020R
20486620R
20487220R
1128
1164
1221
1470
1536
1624
1441
1497
1575
1751
1833
1937
2018
2088
2204
2356
2451
2597
24366024R
24366624R
24367224R
829
865
921
1085
1145
1224
1099
1134
1213
1332
1384
1490
—
—
—
—
—
—
24426024R
24426624R
24427224R
979
1017
1072
1277
1342
1426
1269
1318
1391
1544
1617
1714
1859
1949
2060
2160
2276
2416
24486024R
24486624R
24487224R
1128
1164
1221
1470
1536
1624
1441
1497
1575
1751
1833
1937
2029
2099
2218
2370
2465
2612
30426030R
30426630R
30427230R
979
1017
1072
1277
1342
1426
1269
1318
1391
1544
1617
1714
—
—
—
—
—
—
30486030R
30486630R
30487230R
1128
1164
1221
1470
1536
1624
1441
1497
1575
1751
1833
1937
2055
2126
2243
2398
2494
2640
CODE
20"
Flush
modesties
24"
Flush
modesties
30"
Flush
modesties
hpl
Types of leg bases:
LH
LR
HR
R
R
H
L
L
HH
H
H
H
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(ABCD)
CODE
R
LR
LH
HR
HH
...
Specify
leg base
FM (STD)
PM
SM
...
...
Specify
modesty
GRL
GRR
GRC
GLR
PF position
ELPF (STD)
HAPF($)
PF style
Option grommets
( if additional grommets)
See
Notes
Leg base:
Possible types of leg base configurations: Full legs (LR), 1/2 leg on left (HR), 1/2 leg on right (LH), 1/2 legs on left
and right (HH)
Modesties:
If the choice of modesty is not indicated, the standard is a full modesty (FM)
p.8
Modesty options PM (10" high) or SM (18-1/2" high) are also available, at no charge
Grommet positions:
p.8
Add grommets at no charge: GRL (left), GRR (right), or GLR (left and right)
ELPF black grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
Grommet styles:
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, Add $14 retail / each
p.8
p.189
Delivered disassembled
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
103
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
FACTORY-INSTALLED PEDESTALS
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
tfl
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
PEDESTALS WITHOUT TOP AND WITH LOCK
FOR FACTORY INSTALLATION ON FREESTANDING FURNITURE
tfl
hpl
MAW MAWL
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
DEPTH IS ADJUSTED TO MATCH FURNITURE ORDERED
CODE
Factory-installed D (BF) pedestal
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8" 1-9/16"
PVC extrusion for lateral opening of drawers
DINS
DINSX
439
522
—
—
439
522
—
—
—
—
—
—
Factory-installed E (BBF) pedestal
EINS
EINSX
595
678
—
—
595
678
—
—
—
—
—
—
FINS
FINSX
595
678
—
—
595
678
—
—
—
—
—
—
ARL15INS
ARL18INS
384
405
—
—
384
405
—
—
—
—
—
—
ARR15INS
ARR18INS
384
405
—
—
384
405
—
—
—
—
—
—
PVC extrusion for lateral opening of drawers
Factory-installed F (FF) pedestal
PVC extrusion for lateral opening of drawers
Factory-installed cabinet with 1 door opening to the left
and 1 adjustable shelf
HJAB handle
Factory-installed cabinet with 1 door opening to the right
and 1 adjustable shelf
HJAB handle
HOW TO ORDER?
Pedestals:
Cabinets:
M___
Serie
M___
Serie
D
E
F
...
CODE
ARL
ARR
...
INS
(storage)
...
(cabinet)
15
18
CODE
X
Option
(legal size)
HJAB (STD)
INS
...
See section : accessories
Specify
handles
See
Notes
Pedestal handles:
Cabinet handles:
To add handles on the fronts of D, E or F pedestals, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail per handle
For handles other than the HJAB standard on cabinet doors, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
104
p.178
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
FACTORY-INSTALLED PEDESTALS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
PEDESTALS WITHOUT TOP AND WITH LOCK(S)
FOR FACTORY INSTALLATION ON FREESTANDING FURNITURE
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: HJAB HANDLES / CROSSBARS INCLUDED
DEPTH IS ADJUSTED TO MATCH FURNITURE ORDERED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
CL30INS
CL36INS
CL42INS
682
744
811
—
—
—
682
744
811
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Factory-installed BCCL combination pedestal
BCCL30INS
BCCL36INS
973
1041
—
—
973
1041
—
—
—
—
—
—
Factory-installed CBCL combination pedestal
CBCL30INS
CBCL36INS
973
1041
—
—
973
1041
—
—
—
—
—
—
AR24INS
AR30INS
AR36INS
AR42INS
527
554
581
621
—
—
—
—
527
554
581
621
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CODE
Factory-installed 2-drawer lateral filing cabinet
Factory-installed 2-door cabinet with 1 adjustable
shelf
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
CL
BCCL
CBCL
AR
(storage)
24 (AR only)
30
36
42 (AR only)
(width)
HJAB (STD)
IND
...
CODE
See section: accessories
Specify
handles
See
Notes
Handles:
For a type of handle other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
105
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-2
INDEPENDENT PEDESTALS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
PEDESTALS WITHOUT TOP AND WITH LOCK
FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CLIENT ON EXISTING FURNITURE
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARD: DEPTH OF 17-3/4"
CODE
Independent D (BF) pedestal
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
PVC extrusion for lateral opening of drawers
DIND
DINDX
501
561
—
—
501
561
—
—
—
—
—
—
Independent E (BBF) pedestal
EIND
EINDX
627
682
—
—
627
682
—
—
—
—
—
—
FIND
FINDX
627
682
—
—
627
682
—
—
—
—
—
—
ARL15IND
ARL18IND
427
446
—
—
427
446
—
—
—
—
—
—
ARR15IND
ARR18IND
427
446
—
—
427
446
—
—
—
—
—
—
PVC extrusion for lateral opening of drawers
Independent F (FF) pedestal
PVC extrusion for lateral opening of drawers
Independent cabinet with 1 door opening
to the left and 1 adjustable shelf
HJAB handle
Independent cabinet with 1 door opening
to the right and 1 adjustable shelf
HJAB handle
HOW TO ORDER?
Pedestals :
Cabinets :
M___
Serie
M___
Serie
D
E
F
...
IND
(storage)
...
...
CODE
ARL
ARR
15
18
(Cabinet)
(width
CODE
X
Option
(legal size)
HJAB (STD)
IND
...
See section: accessories
Specify
handles
See
Notes
Pedestal handles:
Cabinet handles:
To add handles on the fronts of D, E or F pedestals, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail per
handle
For handles other than the HJAB standard on cabinet doors, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
106
p.178
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
INDEPENDENT PEDESTALS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
PEDESTALS WITHOUT TOP AND WITH LOCK
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
CL30IND
CL36IND
CL42IND
ML
716
779
840
MLL
—
—
—
MA
716
779
840
MAL
—
—
—
MAX
—
—
—
MAXL
—
—
—
Independent BCCL combination pedestal
BCCL30IND
BCCL36IND
1016
1079
—
—
1016
1079
—
—
—
—
—
—
Independent CBCL combination pedestal
CBCL30IND
CBCL36IND
1016
1079
—
—
1016
1079
—
—
—
—
—
—
AR24IND
AR30IND
AR36IND
AR42IND
568
609
636
663
—
—
—
—
568
609
636
663
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
FOR INSTALLATION BY THE CLIENT ON EXISTING FURNITURE
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: HJAB HANDLES / CROSSBARS
DEPTH OF 17-3/4"
CODE
Independent 2-drawer lateral filing cabinet
Independent 2-door cabinet
with 1 adjustable shelf
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
CL
BCCL
CBCL
AR
(storage)
24 (AR only)
30
36
42 (AR only)
(width)
CODE
HJAB (STD)
IND
...
see section: accessories
Specify
handles
See
Notes
Handles:
For a type of handle other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
107
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
MOBILE PEDESTALS
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
PVC EXTRUSION FOR LATERAL OPENING OF
DRAWERS / 27-3/8" HIGH
EDGES / MOULDINGS
ML
CODE
Mobile E (UUF) pedestal
A
Letter size
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
663
663
710
—
—
—
663
663
710
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
747
747
793
—
—
—
747
747
793
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
663
663
710
—
—
—
663
663
710
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
747
747
793
—
—
—
747
747
793
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5/8''
MOBE18
MOBE23
MOBE29
A
Mobile E (UUF) pedestal
MOBXE18
MOBXE23
MOBXE29
Legal size
A
Mobile F (FF) pedestal
MOBF18
MOBF23
MOBF29
Letter size
A
Mobile F (FF) pedestal
MOBXF18
MOBXF23
MOBXF29
Legal size
HOW TO ORDER?
Mobile pedestal - Letter size:
Mobile pedestal - Legal size:
M___
Serie
M___
Serie
E
F
MOB
...
(letter size)
CODE
...
MOBX
...
(legal size)
CODE
...
Specify
pedestal type
E
F
Specify
pedestal type
See section:
A
...
...
CPDS
accessories
...
Option
counterweight
Spécifier
pedestal depth
Option
handles
See section:
...
A
Spécifier
pedestal depth
...
CPDS
...
Option
counterweight
accessories
Option
handles
See
Notes
Handles:
Counterweight:
To add handles on the fronts of mobile pedestals, please choose from the Logiflex list / Add $11 retail per handle
p.178
A 45 lb counterweight is included for mobile pedestals that are 18" deep
If you would like to add a 45 lb counterweight to a pedestal with a different depth, please indicate option CPDS / Add $142
retail
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
108
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
COMBINATION PEDESTALS / LATERAL FILING
CABINETS
tfl
tfl
hpl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
20BCCL30
20BCCL36
1102
1134
1174
1254
1108
1182
1214
1293
1270
1345
1383
1463
24BCCL30
24BCCL36
1122
1196
1233
1313
1163
1237
1269
1347
1325
1400
1441
1519
20CBCL30
20CBCL36
1102
1134
1174
1254
1108
1182
1214
1293
1270
1345
1383
1463
24CBCL30
24CBCL36
1122
1196
1233
1313
1163
1237
1269
1347
1325
1400
1441
1519
CL20302
CL20362
CL20422
750
817
893
846
929
1021
790
864
947
880
965
1067
952
1041
1134
1049
1151
1263
CL24302
CL24362
CL24422
804
871
947
916
1001
1093
846
919
999
953
1045
1137
1026
1111
1203
1149
1253
1360
CL20303
CL20363
CL20423
1215
1277
1378
—
—
—
1257
1325
1405
—
—
—
1419
1500
1594
—
—
—
CL24303
CL24363
CL24423
1270
1330
1431
—
—
—
1325
1393
1473
—
—
—
1500
1581
1675
—
—
—
CL20304
CL20364
CL20424
1560
1635
1710
—
—
—
1600
1675
1756
—
—
—
1763
1864
1959
—
—
—
CL24304
CL24364
CL24424
1655
1729
1831
—
—
—
1709
1783
1864
—
—
—
1872
1972
2068
—
—
—
CODE
A
CBCL combination pedestal
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
HJAB HANDLES / BLACK INTERLOCK LOCKS / CROSSBARS
BCCL combination pedestal
tfl
B
A B
Lateral filing cabinet with 2 drawers
Lateral filing cabinet with 3 drawers
Lateral filing cabinet with 4 drawers
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
M___
Serie
(A)
...
...
BCCL
CBCL
HJAB (STD)
(B)
...
CODE
CL
2
3
4
( AB)
CODE
See section: accessories
Specify
handles
HJAB (STD)
See section:
...
Accessories
Specify
handles
Notes
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
BBCL
pedestal:
To change a BCCL or CBCL pedestal to a BBCL pedestal (4 utility drawers and 1 lateral file drawer), add $71 retail
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
109
See
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
CORNER BOOKCASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
WITH 1" THICK ADJUSTABLE SHELVES AND SHELF BRACKETS
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
BB121229C
BB121236C
BB121242C
BB121248C
BB121254C
BB121260C
BB121266C
BB121272C
BB121284C
387
425
453
490
525
569
611
639
667
446
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
425
448
476
503
531
575
639
675
781
476
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
507
528
556
586
614
649
720
757
863
567
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BB151529C
BB151536C
BB151542C
BB151548C
BB151554C
BB151560C
BB151566C
BB151572C
BB151584C
448
482
509
546
575
611
639
652
681
476
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
453
494
530
569
602
639
710
745
851
515
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
557
588
615
673
709
744
815
850
974
625
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BB202029C
BB202036C
BB202042C
BB202048C
BB202054C
BB202060C
BB202066C
BB202072C
BB202084C
482
509
541
569
596
624
652
681
710
551
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
525
569
639
681
724
766
838
907
1050
597
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
663
705
778
818
860
902
973
1045
1188
740
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BB242429C
BB242460C
BB242466C
BB242472C
BB242484C
509
652
679
709
736
567
—
—
—
—
540
793
865
935
1076
633
—
—
—
—
702
929
1000
1073
1214
805
—
—
—
—
BB303029C
652
752
716
827
922
1044
CODE
Corner bookcase
A B C
A
B
Left (L)
Right (R)
Direction of wood grain
B
(L)
A
Direction of wood grain
(R)
B
A
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1 adjustable shelf
36" high: 2 adjustable shelves
42" high: 2 adjustable shelves
48" high: 3 adjustable shelves
54" high: 3 adjustable shelves
60" high: 3 adjustable shelves
66" high: 4 adjustable shelves
72" high: 4 adjustable shelves
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
BB ( A B C ) C
...
...
CODE
L
R
Mention
side (for wood grain
direction)
...
84" high: 5 adjustable shelves
SH
Option
shelves
Notes
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
110
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
30'' BOOKCASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
WITH BLACK MASONITE BACK
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
WITH 1" THICK ADJUSTABLE SHELVES AND SHELF BRACKETS
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
BB123029
BB123036
BB123042
BB123048
BB123054
BB123060
BB123066
BB123072
BB123084
341
355
363
375
391
404
433
541
639
394
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
384
399
406
418
434
446
476
584
682
439
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
468
483
489
502
518
531
559
667
766
527
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bookcase 15" X 30"
BB153029
BB153036
BB153042
BB153048
BB153054
BB153060
BB153066
BB153072
BB153084
419
433
453
469
490
497
546
631
667
485
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
473
486
507
522
544
551
599
684
721
542
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
558
573
592
609
630
637
686
770
806
632
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bookcase 20" X 30"
BB203029
BB203036
BB203042
BB203048
BB203054
BB203060
BB203066
BB203072
BB203084
448
460
482
497
518
525
589
659
695
530
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
518
530
552
568
588
596
659
729
766
591
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
604
616
638
654
675
682
746
816
852
693
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CODE
A B C
Bookcase 12" X 30"
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1 adjustable shelf
36" high: 2 adjustable shelves
42" high: 2 adjustable shelves
48" high: 3 adjustable shelves
54" high: 3 adjustable shelves
60" high: 3 adjustable shelves
66" high: 4 adjustable shelves
72" high: 4 adjustable shelves
84" high: 5 adjustable shelves
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
BB ( A B C )
CODE
...
SH
Option
shelves
Notes
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
111
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
30'' BOOKCASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
WITH 5/8" THICK LAMINATE BACK
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
WITH 1" THICK ADJUSTABLE SHELVES AND SHELF BRACKETS
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
BBL123029
BBL123036
BBL123042
BBL123048
BBL123054
BBL123060
BBL123066
BBL123072
BBL123084
419
448
476
490
503
525
553
659
745
476
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
448
476
509
525
546
559
596
703
759
506
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
531
559
596
611
631
646
681
771
829
597
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bookcase 15" X 30"
BBL153029
BBL153036
BBL153042
BBL153048
BBL153054
BBL153060
BBL153066
BBL153072
BBL153084
438
467
495
508
522
545
573
679
779
496
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
497
525
559
575
596
611
646
754
794
558
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
581
611
646
659
681
695
724
823
881
650
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bookcase 20" X 30"
BBL203029
BBL203036
BBL203042
BBL203048
BBL203054
BBL203060
BBL203066
BBL203072
BBL203084
525
553
589
602
624
639
675
781
823
587
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
541
569
602
619
639
652
688
794
838
604
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
624
652
688
703
724
737
771
865
922
692
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CODE
A B C
Bookcase 12" X 30"
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1 adjustable shelf
36" high: 2 adjustable shelves
42" high: 2 adjustable shelves
48" high: 3 adjustable shelves
HOW TO ORDER?
54" high: 3 adjustable shelves
60" high: 3 adjustable shelves
66" high: 4 adjustable shelves
72" high: 4 adjustable shelves
M___
Serie
...
BBL ( A B C )
CODE
...
84" high: 5 adjustable shelves
SH
Option
shelves
Notes
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
112
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
36'' BOOKCASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
WITH BLACK MASONITE BACK
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
WITH 1" THICK ADJUSTABLE SHELVES AND SHELF BRACKETS
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
BB123629
BB123636
BB123642
BB123648
BB123654
BB123660
BB123666
BB123672
BB123684
375
391
404
419
433
448
476
581
659
437
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
426
442
454
471
484
499
527
632
711
490
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
510
525
533
554
568
582
611
716
794
579
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bookcase 15" X 36"
BB153629
BB153636
BB153642
BB153648
BB153654
BB153660
BB153666
BB153672
BB153684
453
469
490
503
525
531
559
667
703
530
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
517
533
554
567
589
595
623
731
767
596
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
603
619
641
653
675
681
710
817
853
687
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bookcase 20" X 36"
BB203629
BB203636
BB203642
BB203648
BB203654
BB203660
BB203666
BB203672
BB203684
482
497
518
531
553
559
624
695
731
578
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
567
582
603
616
638
645
710
781
816
630
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
649
668
689
702
723
731
795
867
902
720
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CODE
A
Bookcase 12" X 36"
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1 adjustable shelf
36" high: 2 adjustable shelves
42" high: 2 adjustable shelves
48" high: 3 adjustable shelves
B C
54" high: 3 adjustable shelves
60" high: 3 adjustable shelves
66" high: 4 adjustable shelves
72" high: 4 adjustable shelves
84" high: 5 adjustable shelves
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
BB ( A B C )
CODE
...
SH
Option
shelves
Notes
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
113
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
36'' BOOKCASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
WITH 5/8" THICK LAMINATE BACK
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
WITH 1" THICK ADJUSTABLE SHELVES AND SHELF BRACKETS
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
BBL123629
BBL123636
BBL123642
BBL123648
BBL123654
BBL123660
BBL123666
BBL123672
BBL123684
453
482
509
525
541
559
596
703
788
510
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
476
503
541
553
575
589
624
731
771
534
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
559
589
624
639
659
675
710
802
858
626
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bookcase 15" X 36"
BBL153629
BBL153636
BBL153642
BBL153648
BBL153654
BBL153660
BBL153666
BBL153672
BBL153684
473
501
528
545
557
578
615
722
805
536
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
531
559
596
611
631
646
681
788
829
597
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
619
646
681
695
716
731
766
858
915
685
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Bookcase 20" X 36"
BBL203629
BBL203636
BBL203642
BBL203648
BBL203654
BBL203660
BBL203666
BBL203672
BBL203684
559
589
624
639
659
675
710
816
858
626
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
575
602
639
652
675
688
724
829
872
642
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
659
688
724
737
759
771
809
901
958
730
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CODE
A B C
Bookcase 12" X 36"
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1 adjustable shelf
36" high: 2 adjustable shelves
42" high: 2 adjustable shelves
48" high: 3 adjustable shelves
54" high: 3 adjustable shelves
60" high: 3 adjustable shelves
66" high: 4 adjustable shelves
72" high: 4 adjustable shelves
84" high: 5 adjustable shelves
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
BBL
(ABC)
CODE
...
SH
Option
shelves
Notes
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
114
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
tfl
MAR
MAW
SIN711-3
DISPLAY CASES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
Display cases with 5 angled shelves
(and fixed horizontal shelves underneath)
Display cases
Top: 3 angled shelves (and fixed horizontal
shelves underneath)
CODE
ML
MA
MAX
A B
1"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
1830MD5
1836MD5
1842MD5
1418
1457
1533
1464
1480
1593
1589
1657
1778
1830MD3AR
1836MD3AR
1842MD3AR
1380
1418
1494
1416
1462
1544
1540
1597
1704
Bottom: 2-door cabinet / 1 adjustable shelf
Angled shelf folds
upward
HJAB handles
Fixed shelf for storage
underneath the angled
shelf
1" edge at bottom of angled
shelves
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
MD5
( A B ) MD3AR
CODE
See section:
...
Accessories
Specify
handles for MD3AR
See
Notes
Handles:
HJAB (STD)
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
115
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
FORM HOLDERS
MANUFACTURING STANDARD: FIXED 5/8" THICK LAMINATE SHELF WITH 2.5MM PVC EDGE
CODE
DEPTH
WIDTH
HEIGHT
A
B
C
F5
16 3/8''
11 5/8''
13 5/8
190
*F5LS
13''
11 5/8''
13 5/8
190
A
B
C
F10
16 3/8''
22 3/8''
13 5/8
365
*F10LS
13''
22 3/8''
13 5/8
365
A
B
C
F15
16 3/8''
33 1/8''
13 5/8
548
*F15LS
13''
33 1/8''
13 5/8
548
A
B
C
F20
16 3/8''
22 3/8''
25 7/8''
A
B
C
F30
16 3/8''
34 5/8''
26 5/8''
A
B
C
F45
16 3/8''
34 5/8''
38 7/8''
A
B
C
F45B
16 3/8''
34 5/8''
42 1/4''
5-compartment form holder
10-compartment form holder
15-compartment form holder
20-compartment form holder
30-compartment form holder
45-compartment form holder
45-compartment form holder with base
Compartment size:
Depth (F): 15-3/8''
Depth (FLS): 12''
Width: 10-1/8''
ML - MA
724
1090
1568
1638
Height: 1-7/8''
Notes
* LS added to the codification of an item means that the form holder will be installed under the fixed shelf of a hutch
F5, F10, F15 and F20: Frame is 5/8" laminate with 2.5 mm PVC edges
F30, F45 and F45B:
Frame and vertical separators are 1'' laminate with 2.5 mm PVC edges
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
116
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
ONE-DOOR CABINETS
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS /
HJAB HANDLE / BLACK LOCK
Cabinet with 1 door opening to the left
Cabinet with 1 door opening to the right
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
201866ARL
202466ARL
750
838
—
—
781
851
—
—
937
1022
—
—
241866ARL
242466ARL
884
943
—
—
922
994
—
—
1077
1164
—
—
201872ARL
202472ARL
804
907
—
—
838
941
—
—
994
1077
—
—
241872ARL
242472ARL
942
999
—
—
979
1050
—
—
1134
1221
—
—
201866ARR
202466ARR
750
838
—
—
781
851
—
—
937
1022
—
—
241866ARR
242466ARR
884
943
—
—
922
994
—
—
1077
1164
—
—
201872ARR
202472ARR
804
907
—
—
838
941
—
—
994
1077
—
—
241872ARR
242472ARR
942
999
—
—
979
1050
—
—
1134
1221
—
—
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1 adjustable shelf
36" high: 2 adjustable shelves
42" high: 2 adjustable shelves
48" high: 3 adjustable shelves
54" high: 3 adjustable shelves
60" high: 3 adjustable shelves
66" high: 4 adjustable shelves
72" high: 4 adjustable shelves
84" high: 5 adjustable shelves
HOW TO ORDER?
ARL
M___
( A B C ) ARR
...
Serie
CODE
...
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
Legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
See
Notes
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
p.239
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
p.179
117
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
CABINETS WITH ONE GLASS OR
PLEXIGLASS DOOR
tfl
Cabinet with 1 frosted glass door
opening to the right
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1
54" high: 3
36" high: 2
60" high: 3
42" high: 2
66'' high: 4
48" high: 3
72" high: 4
tfl
hpl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
201866ARLPV
202466ARLPV
1348
1609
—
—
1388
1660
—
—
1536
1808
—
—
241866ARLPV
242466ARLPV
1484
1756
—
—
1530
1801
—
—
1677
1949
—
—
201872ARLPV
202472ARLPV
1456
1620
—
—
1502
1666
—
—
1649
1813
—
—
241872ARLPV
242472ARLPV
1598
1887
—
—
1643
1932
—
—
1790
2080
—
—
201866ARRPV
202466ARRPV
1348
1609
—
—
1388
1660
—
—
1536
1808
—
—
241866ARRPV
242466ARRPV
1484
1756
—
—
1530
1801
—
—
1677
1949
—
—
201872ARRPV
202472ARRPV
1456
1620
—
—
1502
1666
—
—
1649
1813
—
—
241872ARRPV
242472ARRPV
1598
1887
—
—
1643
1932
—
—
1790
2080
—
—
CODE
A B C
opening to the left
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS / HJA
HANDLE / NO LOCK
Cabinet with 1 frosted glass door
tfl
84" high: 5
HOW TO ORDER?
Attention!
M___
Serie
...
(ABC)
ARLPV
ARRPV
CODE
HJA (Satin nickel, STD)
VS
...
(STD)
See:
Color chart
Specify
glass/plexiglass
...
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
...
LK
Option
lock
See
Notes
Handles:
For handles other than the HJA standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Glass or
plexiglass
finishes:
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
p.178
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices available upon
quotation request.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
Locks:
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
p.179
Satin nickel lock (LKSNINS) offered as an option / Add $34 retail
p.189
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
118
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-3
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
CABINETS WITH TWO HINGED DOORS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS / HJAB
HANDLE / BLACK LOCK
CODE
A B C
Cabinet 15" X 30" with 2 doors
153029AR
153036AR
153041AR
153048AR
153053AR
153060AR
153066AR
153072AR
153084AR
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
580
631
715
780
850
933
992
1063
1211
660
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
611
675
754
829
882
963
1007
1078
1148
692
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
781
843
920
998
1064
1128
1171
1243
1313
870
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
605
657
741
804
762
959
1016
1087
1273
693
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
667
729
809
886
952
986
1045
1110
1239
759
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
851
914
992
1071
1134
1169
1220
1290
1418
952
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
A B C
Cabinet 15" X 36" with 2 doors
153629AR
153636AR
153641AR
153648AR
153653AR
153660AR
153666AR
153672AR
153684AR
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1 adjustable shelf
36" high: 2 adjustable shelves
42" high: 2 adjustable shelves
48" high: 3 adjustable shelves
54" high: 3 adjustable shelves
60" high: 3 adjustable shelves
66" high: 4 adjustable shelves
72" high: 4 adjustable shelves
84" high: 5 adjustable shelves
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(ABC)
CODE
AR
...
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
See
Notes
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
p.178
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
p.179
119
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-3
CABINETS WITH TWO HINGED DOORS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS / HJAB
HANDLE / BLACK LOCK
Cabinet 20" X 30" with 2 doors
hpl
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
648
712
791
867
931
1000
1055
1126
1187
730
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
695
759
838
915
979
1049
1092
1164
1234
782
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
865
929
1006
1085
1151
1213
1258
1329
1400
961
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
697
759
838
916
982
1023
1092
1164
1307
792
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
754
816
895
972
1038
1072
1132
1197
1326
849
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
937
999
1077
1157
1221
1256
1305
1375
1505
1044
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
803
863
939
1015
1078
1112
1162
1221
1339
912
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
869
929
1005
1079
1144
1178
1227
1286
1405
970
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1074
1122
1198
1276
1335
1370
1418
1473
1598
1179
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
203029AR
203036AR
203041AR
203048AR
203053AR
203060AR
203066AR
203072AR
203084AR
A B C
Cabinet 20" X 36" with 2 doors
203629AR
203636AR
203641AR
203648AR
203653AR
203660AR
203666AR
203672AR
203684AR
A B C
Cabinet 20" X 42" with 2 doors
204229AR
204236AR
204241AR
204248AR
204253AR
204260AR
204266AR
204272AR
204284AR
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1 adjustable shelf
36" high: 2 adjustable shelves
42" high: 2 adjustable shelves
48" high: 3 adjustable shelves
54" high: 3 adjustable shelves
60" high: 3 adjustable shelves
66" high: 4 adjustable shelves
72" high: 4 adjustable shelves
84" high: 5 adjustable shelves
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(ABC)
CODE
AR
...
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
See
Notes
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
legs:
p.178
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
120
p.179
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-3
CABINETS WITH TWO HINGED DOORS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS / HJAB
HANDLE / BLACK LOCK
Cabinet 24" X 30" with 2 doors
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
713
778
856
931
996
1065
1120
1191
1338
820
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
781
846
922
999
1066
1113
1162
1225
1346
891
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
937
1019
1099
1170
1236
1299
1346
1409
1531
1049
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
761
824
902
979
1045
1088
1159
1235
1372
880
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
838
901
979
1055
1122
1157
1207
1282
1412
940
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1022
1085
1164
1242
1306
1355
1405
1481
1610
1154
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
818
887
962
1035
1098
1162
1234
1306
1450
938
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
893
952
1027
1100
1166
1230
1302
1374
1519
1001
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1089
1147
1226
1283
1292
1442
1515
1587
1732
1244
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
243029AR
243036AR
243041AR
243048AR
243053AR
243060AR
243066AR
243072AR
243084AR
A B C
Cabinet 24" X 36" with 2 doors
243629AR
243636AR
243641AR
243648AR
243653AR
243660AR
243666AR
243672AR
243684AR
A B C
Cabinet 24" X 42" with 2 doors
244229AR
244236AR
244241AR
244248AR
244253AR
244260AR
244266AR
244272AR
244284AR
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1 adjustable shelf
36" high: 2 adjustable shelves
42" high: 2 adjustable shelves
48" high: 3 adjustable shelves
54" high: 3 adjustable shelves
60" high: 3 adjustable shelves
66" high: 4 adjustable shelves
72" high: 4 adjustable shelves
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
hpl
...
(ABC)
CODE
AR
...
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
84" high: 5 adjustable shelves
...
SH
Option
shelves
See
Notes
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
p.178
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
p.179
121
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-3
CABINETS WITH TWO GLASS
OR PLEXIGLASS DOORS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS / HJA HANDLE
/ NO LOCK
CODE
A B C
Cabinet 20" X 30" with 2 frosted glass doors
203029ARPV
203036ARPV
203041ARPV
203048ARPV
203053ARPV
203060ARPV
203066ARPV
203072ARPV
203084ARPV
A B
Cabinet 20" X 36" with 2 frosted glass doors
204229ARPV
204236ARPV
204241ARPV
204248ARPV
204253ARPV
204260ARPV
204266ARPV
204272ARPV
204284ARPV
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1074
1244
1409
1578
1735
1859
2000
2148
2426
1201
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1144
1314
1480
1649
1805
1929
2070
2218
2496
1252
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1301
1484
1651
1819
1843
1969
2239
2388
2667
1431
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1204
1393
1582
1765
1938
2083
2241
2405
2722
1355
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1290
1477
1667
1850
2024
2167
2326
2491
2808
1413
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1473
1662
1850
2037
2207
2351
2508
2673
3003
1605
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1307
1518
1719
1921
2108
2270
2445
2627
2990
1476
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1406
1617
1817
2019
2207
2369
2544
2725
3089
1535
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1612
1808
2009
2212
2399
2562
2734
2916
3294
1743
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Attention!
HJA
VS
...
MA
1-1/16"
84" high: 5
HOW TO ORDER?
Serie
MLL
1"
A B C
Cabinet 20" X 42" with 2 frosted glass doors
M___
ML
C
203629ARPV
203636ARPV
203641ARPV
203648ARPV
203653ARPV
203660ARPV
203666ARPV
203672ARPV
203684ARPV
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1
54" high: 3
36" high: 2
60" high: 3
42" high: 2
66'' high: 4
48" high: 3
72" high: 4
hpl
(ABC)
ARPV
CODE
...
(STD)
See:
Color chart
Specify
glass/plexiglass
...
(Satin nickel, STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
...
LK
Option
lock
See
Notes
Handles:
For handles other than the HJA standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Glass or
plexiglass
finishes
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
p.178
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices available upon
quotation request.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
Locks
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
p.179
Satin nickel lock (LKSNINS) offered as an option / Add $34 retail
p.189
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
122
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
CABINETS WITH TWO GLASS OR
PLEXIGLASS DOORS
tfl
CODE
A B C
Cabinet 24" X 30" with 2 frosted glass doors
243029ARPV
243036ARPV
243041ARPV
243048ARPV
243053ARPV
243060ARPV
243066ARPV
243072ARPV
243084ARPV
243629ARPV
243636ARPV
243641ARPV
243648ARPV
243653ARPV
243660ARPV
243666ARPV
243672ARPV
243684ARPV
244229ARPV
244236ARPV
244241ARPV
244248ARPV
244253ARPV
244260ARPV
244266ARPV
244272ARPV
244284ARPV
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1131
1302
1468
1636
1792
1916
2058
2204
2483
1276
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1215
1386
1552
1721
1878
2001
2142
2289
2569
1328
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1372
1555
1723
1892
1916
2041
2311
2459
2739
1507
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1260
1448
1636
1820
1994
2137
2296
2461
2790
1430
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1362
1550
1738
1922
2096
2239
2398
2563
2892
1489
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1545
1733
1922
2107
2279
2423
2580
2745
3075
1681
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1359
1570
1771
1972
2161
2323
2497
2678
3040
1551
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1477
1688
1890
2092
2279
2442
2616
2797
3159
1609
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1684
1880
2081
2285
2471
2632
2807
2989
3365
1819
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
84" high: 5
HOW TO ORDER?
Attention!
HJA
VS
...
hpl
A B C
Cabinet 24" X 42" with 2 frosted glass doors
Serie
tfl
A B C
Cabinet 24" X 36" with 2 frosted glass doors
M___
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS / HJA HANDLE
/ NO LOCK
Number of shelves included:
29" high: 1
54" high: 3
36" high: 2
60" high: 3
42" high: 2
66'' high: 4
48" high: 3
72" high: 4
tfl
(ABC)
ARPV
CODE
...
(STD)
See:
Color chart
Specify
glass/plexiglass
...
(Satin nickel, STD)
See section:
Accessories
Notes
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
...
LK
Option
lock
See
Handles:
For handles other than the HJA standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Glass or
plexiglass
finishes
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
p.178
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices available upon quotation
request.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
Locks
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
p.179
Satin nickel lock (LKSNINS) offered as an option / Add $34 retail
p.189
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
123
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-3
ONE-DOOR WARDROBES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / FIXED SHELF (8" CLEARANCE BETWEEN SHELF AND TOP) /
CLOTHING BAR / VENTILATION GRILL IN BACK PANEL / HJAB HANDLE / BLACK
LOCK
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
201866VR
202466VR
608
695
—
—
639
733
—
—
794
881
—
—
241866VR
242466VR
744
781
—
—
781
851
—
—
937
1022
—
—
201872VR
202472VR
665
754
—
—
695
766
—
—
851
937
—
—
241872VR
242472VR
801
858
—
—
838
907
—
—
994
1077
—
—
201884VR
202484VR
781
856
—
—
812
893
—
—
966
1064
—
—
241884VR
242484VR
917
973
—
—
954
1023
—
—
1110
1193
—
—
201866VL
202466VL
608
695
—
—
639
733
—
—
794
881
—
—
241866VL
242466VL
744
781
—
—
781
851
—
—
937
1022
—
—
201872VL
202472VL
665
754
—
—
695
766
—
—
851
937
—
—
241872VL
242472VL
801
858
—
—
838
907
—
—
994
1077
—
—
201884VL
202484VL
781
856
—
—
812
893
—
—
966
1064
—
—
241884VL
242484VL
917
973
—
—
954
1023
—
—
1110
1193
—
—
CODE
A B C
Wardrobe with 1 door opening to the right
hpl
A B C
Wardrobe with 1 door opening to the left
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
VR
( A B C ) VL
CODE
...
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
Legs
See
Notes
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Handles:
For a type of handle other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
124
p.179
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-3
2-DOOR WARDROBES
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / FIXED SHELF (8" CLEARANCE BETWEEN SHELF AND TOP) /
CLOTHING BAR / VENTILATION GRILL IN BACK PANEL / HJAB HANDLES / BLACK
LOCK
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
203066V
203666V
204266V
872
958
1077
—
—
—
922
979
1122
—
—
—
1094
1164
1318
—
—
—
243066V
243666V
244266V
1009
1068
1191
—
—
—
1066
1122
1264
—
—
—
1234
1305
1462
—
—
—
203072V
203672V
204272V
929
1038
1178
—
—
—
979
1095
1178
—
—
—
1151
1221
1378
—
—
—
243072V
243672V
244272V
1065
1137
1249
—
—
—
1122
1178
1318
—
—
—
1292
1362
1519
—
—
—
203084V
203684V
204284V
1129
1201
1323
—
—
—
1176
1258
1388
—
—
—
1347
1437
1587
—
—
—
243084V
243684V
244284V
1278
1347
1457
—
—
—
1326
1388
1503
—
—
—
1496
1572
1736
—
—
—
CODE
Wardrobe with 2 doors
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(ABC) V
CODE
...
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
Legs
See
Notes
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
125
p.179
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
WARDROBE AND CABINET
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / 4 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS / FIXED
SHELF / CLOTHING BAR / VENTILATION GRILL IN BACK PANEL / HJAB HANDLES /
BLACK LOCK
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
202466ARV
203066ARV
203666ARV
204266ARV
204866ARV
1134
1199
1264
1327
1391
—
—
—
—
—
1191
1249
1305
1378
1447
—
—
—
—
—
1348
1419
1491
1575
1646
—
—
—
—
—
242466ARV
243066ARV
243666ARV
244266ARV
244866ARV
1207
1269
1334
1397
1462
—
—
—
—
—
1277
1334
1391
1462
1531
—
—
—
—
—
1434
1503
1575
1660
1730
—
—
—
—
—
202472ARV
203072ARV
203672ARV
204272ARV
204872ARV
1191
1256
1332
1445
1447
—
—
—
—
—
1277
1334
1391
1462
1531
—
—
—
—
—
1434
1503
1575
1660
1730
—
—
—
—
—
242472ARV
243072ARV
243672ARV
244272ARV
244872ARV
1277
1327
1391
1452
1519
—
—
—
—
—
1362
1419
1475
1547
1618
—
—
—
—
—
1519
1589
1660
1746
1815
—
—
—
—
—
202484ARV
203084ARV
203684ARV
204284ARV
204884ARV
1388
1452
1536
1654
1662
—
—
—
—
—
1470
1531
1594
1672
1747
—
—
—
—
—
1712
1700
1864
1869
1947
—
—
—
—
—
242484ARV
243084ARV
243684ARV
244284ARV
244884ARV
1481
1531
1600
1669
1741
—
—
—
—
—
1554
1617
1679
1756
1968
—
—
—
—
—
1712
1787
1864
1956
2167
—
—
—
—
—
CODE
Unit with cabinet on left and wardrobe on right
hpl
A B C
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
( A B C ) ARV
CODE
...
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
Legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
See
Notes
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
p.179
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
126
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
WARDROBE AND CABINET
tfl
( A B C ) VAR
CODE
hpl
...
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
202466VAR
203066VAR
203666VAR
204266VAR
204866VAR
1134
1199
1264
1327
1391
—
—
—
—
—
1191
1249
1305
1378
1447
—
—
—
—
—
1348
1419
1491
1575
1646
—
—
—
—
—
242466VAR
243066VAR
243666VAR
244266VAR
244866VAR
1207
1269
1334
1397
1462
—
—
—
—
—
1277
1334
1391
1462
1531
—
—
—
—
—
1434
1503
1575
1660
1730
—
—
—
—
—
202472VAR
203072VAR
203672VAR
204272VAR
204872VAR
1191
1256
1332
1445
1447
—
—
—
—
—
1277
1334
1391
1462
1531
—
—
—
—
—
1434
1503
1575
1660
1730
—
—
—
—
—
242472VAR
243072VAR
243672VAR
244272VAR
244872VAR
1277
1327
1391
1452
1519
—
—
—
—
—
1362
1419
1475
1547
1618
—
—
—
—
—
1519
1589
1660
1746
1815
—
—
—
—
—
202484VAR
203084VAR
203684VAR
204284VAR
204884VAR
1388
1452
1536
1654
1662
—
—
—
—
—
1470
1531
1594
1672
1747
—
—
—
—
—
1712
1700
1864
1869
1947
—
—
—
—
—
242484VAR
243084VAR
243684VAR
244284VAR
244884VAR
1481
1531
1600
1669
1741
—
—
—
—
—
1554
1617
1679
1756
1968
—
—
—
—
—
1712
1787
1864
1956
2167
—
—
—
—
—
A
HOW TO ORDER?
...
tfl
B C
CODE
Unit with wardrobe on left and cabinet on right
M___
hpl
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / FIXED SHELF / CLOTHING BAR / VENTILATION GRILL IN
BACK PANEL / 4 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS / HJAB HANDLES /
BLACK LOCK
Serie
tfl
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
Legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
See
Notes
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
p.179
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
127
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
WARDROBES WITH ONE GLASS OR
PLEXIGLASS DOOR
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / FIXED SHELF (8" CLEARANCE BETWEEN SHELF AND TOP) /
CLOTHING BAR / VENTILATION GRILL IN BACK PANEL / HJA HANDLE / NO LOCK
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
201866VRPV
202466VRPV
1218
1481
—
—
1246
1518
—
—
1394
1666
—
—
241866VRPV
242466VRPV
1354
1615
—
—
1388
1660
—
—
1536
1808
—
—
201872VRPV
202472VRPV
1332
1611
—
—
1360
1649
—
—
1507
1796
—
—
241872VRPV
242472VRPV
1468
1745
—
—
1502
1790
—
—
1649
1937
—
—
201884VRPV
202484VRPV
1606
1921
—
—
1634
1958
—
—
1781
2105
—
—
241884VRPV
242484VRPV
1743
2042
—
—
1777
2088
—
—
1924
2235
—
—
201866VLPV
202466VLPV
1218
1481
—
—
1246
1518
—
—
1394
1666
—
—
241866VLPV
242466VLPV
1354
1615
—
—
1388
1660
—
—
1536
1808
—
—
201872VLPV
202472VLPV
1332
1611
—
—
1360
1649
—
—
1507
1796
—
—
241872VLPV
242472VLPV
1468
1745
—
—
1502
1790
—
—
1649
1937
—
—
201884VLPV
202484VLPV
1606
1921
—
—
1634
1958
—
—
1781
2105
—
—
241884VLPV
242484VLPV
1743
2042
—
—
1777
2088
—
—
1924
2235
—
—
CODE
A
Wardrobe with 1 frosted glass door opening to the right
Wardrobe with 1 frosted glass door opening to the left
tfl
B C
HOW TO ORDER?
Attention!
M___
Serie
...
VRPV (opening on the right)
( A B C ) VLPV (opening on the left)
CODE
HJA
VS
...
(STD)
See:
Color chart
...
Specify
glass/plexiglass
(Satin nickel, STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
LK
Option
lock
See
Notes
Handles:
For a type of handle other than the HJA standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Glass or
plexiglass
finishes
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
legs:
p.178
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices available upon quotation
request.
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
Locks
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
p.179
Satin nickel lock (LKSNINS) offered as an option / Add $34 retail
p.189
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
128
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
WARDROBES WITH TWO GLASS OR
PLEXIGLASS DOORS
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / FIXED SHELF (8" CLEARANCE BETWEEN SHELF AND TOP) /
CLOTHING BAR / VENTILATION GRILL IN BACK PANEL / HJA HANDLES / NO LOCK
hpl
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
203066VPV
203666VPV
204266VPV
1724
1984
2198
—
—
—
1797
2058
2264
—
—
—
1968
2242
2461
—
—
—
243066VPV
243666VPV
244266VPV
1869
2125
2368
—
—
—
1941
2193
2447
—
—
—
2108
2376
2646
—
—
—
203072VPV
203672VPV
204272VPV
1850
2138
2346
—
—
—
1923
2207
2412
—
—
—
2094
2390
2612
—
—
—
243072VPV
243672VPV
244272VPV
2015
2263
2524
—
—
—
2071
2331
2603
—
—
—
2241
2514
2803
—
—
—
203084VPV
203684VPV
204284VPV
2264
2516
2765
—
—
—
2313
2590
2830
—
—
—
2484
2773
3029
—
—
—
243084VPV
243684VPV
244284VPV
2364
2655
2905
—
—
—
2421
2723
2984
—
—
—
2590
2908
3218
—
—
—
CODE
A B C
Wardrobe with 2 frosted glass doors
tfl
HOW TO ORDER?
Attention!
HJA
VS
M___
Serie
...
(ABC)
VPV
CODE
...
(STD)
See:
Color chart
Specify
glass/plexiglass
(Satin nickel, STD)
See section:
Accessories
...
Specify
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
LK
Option
lock
See
Notes
Handles:
For handles other than the HJA standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Glass or
plexiglass
finishes
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
legs:
p.178
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart. / Prices available upon quotation
request.
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
Locks
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
p.179
Satin nickel lock (LKSNINS) offered as an option / Add $34 retail
p.189
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
129
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-3
WARDROBE AND CABINET WITH PEDESTAL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / 2 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS / FIXED SHELF /
CLOTHING BAR / VENTILATION GRILL IN BACK PANEL / HJAB HANDLES / BLACK
LOCKS
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
202466AREV
203066AREV
203666AREV
204266AREV
204866AREV
1646
1703
1753
1815
1873
—
—
—
—
—
1692
1746
1803
1873
1945
—
—
—
—
—
1845
1917
1987
2071
2143
—
—
—
—
—
242466AREV
243066AREV
243666AREV
244266AREV
244866AREV
1709
1765
1822
1888
1949
—
—
—
—
—
1755
1824
1896
1975
2051
—
—
—
—
—
1922
2023
2123
2230
2334
—
—
—
—
—
202472AREV
203072AREV
203672AREV
204272AREV
204872AREV
1696
1753
1809
1873
1929
—
—
—
—
—
1746
1803
1858
1929
2000
—
—
—
—
—
1900
1972
2042
2127
2199
—
—
—
—
—
242472AREV
243072AREV
243672AREV
244272AREV
244872AREV
1765
1822
1880
1945
2000
—
—
—
—
—
1820
1890
2012
2091
2163
—
—
—
—
—
1990
2088
2238
2345
2446
—
—
—
—
—
1873
1950
2013
2082
2145
—
—
—
—
—
1911
1997
2069
2148
2222
—
—
—
—
—
2061
2159
2258
2393
2496
—
—
—
—
—
1963
2026
2089
2185
2367
—
—
—
—
—
2009
2129
2164
2264
2458
—
—
—
—
—
2178
2327
2391
2519
2613
—
—
—
—
—
CODE
Unit with cabinet + E (BBF) pedestal on left
A
and wardrobe on right
B C
Total width
Interior width of wardrobe
202484AREV
203084AREV
203684AREV
204284AREV
204884AREV
24''
30''
36''
42''
48''
6 7/8''
12 7/8''
18 7/8''
24 7/8''
27 7/8''
242484AREV
243084AREV
243684AREV
244284AREV
244884AREV
Would you prefer an F (FF) pedestal?
If so, specify code ARFV
No charge
HOW TO ORDER?
E pedestal:
F pedestal:
M___
Serie
M___
Serie
( A B C ) AREV
...
CODE
...
...
( A B C ) ARFV
...
CODE
CODE
hpl
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
Legs
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
Legs
...
...
SH
Option
shelves
SH
Option
shelves
See
Notes
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
130
p.179
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-3
WARDROBE AND CABINET WITH PEDESTAL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / FIXED SHELF / CLOTHING BAR / VENTILATION GRILL IN
BACK PANEL / 2 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS / HJAB HANDLES /
BLACK LOCKS
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
202466VARE
203066VARE
203666VARE
204266VARE
204866VARE
1646
1703
1753
1815
1873
—
—
—
—
—
1692
1746
1803
1873
1945
—
—
—
—
—
1845
1917
1987
2071
2143
—
—
—
—
—
242466VARE
243066VARE
243666VARE
244266VARE
244866VARE
1709
1765
1822
1888
1949
—
—
—
—
—
1755
1824
1896
1975
2051
—
—
—
—
—
1922
2023
2123
2230
2334
—
—
—
—
—
202472VARE
203072VARE
203672VARE
204272VARE
204872VARE
1696
1753
1809
1873
1929
—
—
—
—
—
1746
1803
1858
1929
2000
—
—
—
—
—
1900
1972
2042
2127
2199
—
—
—
—
—
242472VARE
243072VARE
243672VARE
244272VARE
244872VARE
1765
1822
1880
1945
2000
—
—
—
—
—
1820
1890
2012
2091
2163
—
—
—
—
—
1990
2088
2238
2345
2446
—
—
—
—
—
1873
1950
2013
2082
2145
—
—
—
—
—
1911
1997
2069
2148
2222
—
—
—
—
—
2061
2159
2258
2393
2496
—
—
—
—
—
1963
2026
2089
2185
2367
—
—
—
—
—
2009
2129
2164
2264
2458
—
—
—
—
—
2178
2327
2391
2519
2613
—
—
—
—
—
CODE
Unit with wardrobe on left
A
and cabinet with E (BBF) pedestal on right
B C
Total width
Interior width of wardrobe
202484VARE
203084VARE
203684VARE
204284VARE
204884VARE
24''
30''
36''
42''
48''
6 7/8''
12 7/8''
18 7/8''
24 7/8''
27 7/8''
242484VARE
243084VARE
243684VARE
244284VARE
244884VARE
Would you prefer an F (FF) pedestal?
If so, then specify code VARF
No charge
hpl
HOW TO ORDER?
E pedestal:
F pedestal:
M___
Serie
M___
Serie
...
...
( A B C ) VARE
...
CODE
( A B C ) VARF
...
CODE
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Specify
handles
...
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
Legs
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
Legs
...
...
SH
Option
shelves
SH
Option
shelves
See
Notes
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
131
p.179
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
MULTIPLE UNITS
tfl
tfl
MAR
MAW
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK /ADJUSTABLE SHELF (SHELVES) / SHELF BRACKETS / HJAB
HANDLES / BLACK LOCK(S)
CODE
ML
MA
MAX
A B
1"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
2030MU2
2036MU2
2042MU2
2430MU2
2436MU2
2442MU2
759
788
830
899
927
971
803
839
890
943
979
1029
948
996
1057
1088
1135
1198
Height of 66''
2030MU4
2036MU4
2042MU4
2430MU4
2436MU4
2442MU4
1004
1032
1076
1144
1173
1216
1049
1085
1134
1189
1224
1275
1192
1241
1303
1332
1380
1443
Height of 72''
2030MU5
2036MU5
2042MU5
2430MU5
2436MU5
2442MU5
1041
1071
1113
1180
1210
1254
1085
1121
1171
1224
1260
1312
1228
1277
1340
1369
1417
1480
Height of 84''
2030MU5A
2036MU5A
2042MU5A
2430MU5A
2436MU5A
2442MU5A
1238
1275
1324
1384
1419
1470
1281
1325
1381
1438
1470
1529
1422
1481
1550
1544
1627
1696
Height of 66''
2030MU7
2036MU7
2042MU7
2430MU7
2436MU7
2442MU7
1071
1098
1142
1210
1238
1281
1113
1151
1200
1254
1291
1340
1257
1306
1370
1397
1447
1508
Height of 41''
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
Specify
...
MU2
MU4
MU5
MU5A
MU7
CODE
...
Notes
legs:
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
See
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
132
p.179
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
MULTIPLE UNITS
tfl
tfl
MAR
MAW
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK /ADJUSTABLE SHELF (SHELVES) / SHELF BRACKETS / HJAB HANDLES /
BLACK LOCKS
CODE
ML
MA
MAX
A B
1"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
2030MU8
2036MU8
2042MU8
2430MU8
2436MU8
2442MU8
1107
1134
1178
1246
1275
1317
1151
1185
1235
1291
1325
1375
1294
1340
1404
1434
1480
1544
Height of 84''
2030MU8A
2036MU8A
2042MU8A
2430MU8A
2436MU8A
2442MU8A
1304
1338
1388
1450
1484
1534
1347
1388
1445
1495
1534
1592
1491
1544
1613
1638
1689
1760
Height of 66''
2030MU10
2036MU10
2042MU10
2430MU10
2436MU10
2442MU10
1164
1192
1235
1303
1332
1375
1207
1243
1294
1347
1382
1434
1350
1400
1464
1491
1540
1602
Height of 72''
2030MU11
2036MU11
2042MU11
2430MU11
2436MU11
2442MU11
1200
1230
1273
1340
1370
1413
1243
1279
1330
1382
1419
1471
1386
1435
1499
1526
1575
1640
2030MU11A
2036MU11A
2042MU11A
1397
1434
1483
1440
1483
1540
1584
1639
1709
2430MU11A
2436MU11A
2442MU11A
1544
1579
1629
1586
1629
1687
1730
1785
1856
Height of 72''
Height of 84''
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
Specify
...
MU8
MU8A
MU10
MU11
MU11A
CODE
...
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Notes
legs:
Option
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
See
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
p.179
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
133
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
MULTIPLE UNITS
tfl
tfl
MAR
MAW
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK /ADJUSTABLE SHELF (SHELVES) / SHELF BRACKETS /
CROSSBARS / HJAB HANDLES / BLACK LOCK(S)
ML
MA
MAX
1"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
2030MU13
2036MU13
2042MU13
2430MU13
2436MU13
2442MU13
2030MU15
2036MU15
2042MU15
2430MU15
2436MU15
2442MU15
998
1061
1131
1140
1202
1278
1248
1337
1420
1349
1430
1531
1045
1118
1191
1186
1257
1330
1305
1405
1519
1446
1545
1658
1190
1273
1359
1329
1413
1499
1449
1563
1688
1589
1702
1827
Height of 72''
2030MU16
2036MU16
2042MU16
2430MU16
2436MU16
2442MU16
1318
1426
1547
1391
1497
1618
1362
1475
1604
1502
1616
1744
1505
1632
1774
1645
1771
1913
Height of 84''
2030MU16A
2036MU16A
2042MU16A
2430MU16A
2436MU16A
2442MU16A
1516
1629
1713
1594
1707
1834
1559
1679
1813
1706
1825
1960
1702
1835
1983
1849
1981
2129
Height of 66''
2030MU18
2036MU18
2042MU18
2430MU18
2436MU18
2442MU18
1575
1635
1698
1644
1721
1812
1618
1718
1831
1757
1857
1971
1762
1874
2000
1901
2015
2140
CODE
A
Height of 41''
Height of 66''
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Notes
legs:
Serie
...
(AB)
Specify
...
MU13
MU15
MU16
MU16A
MU18
CODE
...
B
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
See
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
134
p.179
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
MULTIPLE UNITS
tfl
tfl
MAR
MAW
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK /ADJUSTABLE SHELF (SHELVES) / SHELF BRACKETS / CROSSBARS
/ HJAB HANDLES / BLACK LOCK(S)
CODE
ML
MA
MAX
B
1"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
2030MU19
2036MU19
2042MU19
2430MU19
2436MU19
2442MU19
1579
1675
1785
1717
1791
1896
1674
1788
1917
1830
1927
2055
1817
1945
2085
2015
2098
2225
Height of 84''
2030MU19A
2036MU19A
2042MU19A
2430MU19A
2436MU19A
2442MU19A
1777
1879
1994
1904
2001
2114
1870
1992
2127
2034
2137
2272
2015
2149
2295
2219
2308
2435
Height of 66''
2030MU23
2036MU23
2042MU23
2430MU23
2436MU23
2442MU23
1623
1758
1907
1696
1831
1987
1668
1809
1972
1808
1949
2114
1812
1966
2141
1951
2104
2280
Height of 72''
2030MU24
2036MU24
2042MU24
2430MU24
2436MU24
2442MU24
1647
1789
1952
1765
1900
2057
1738
1880
2042
1878
2020
2183
1881
2037
2211
2021
2175
2351
A
Height of 72''
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
Specify
...
MU19
MU19A
MU23
MU24
CODE
...
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
See
Notes
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
135
p.179
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
MULTIPLE UNITS
tfl
tfl
MAR
MAW
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK /ADJUSTABLE SHELF (SHELVES) / SHELF BRACKETS / CROSSBARS
/ HJAB HANDLES / BLACK LOCKS
CODE
ML
MA
MAX
B
1"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
2030MU24A
2036MU24A
2042MU24A
2430MU24A
2436MU24A
2442MU24A
1845
1993
2162
1969
2109
2273
1935
2084
2253
2082
2230
2399
2078
2241
2422
2225
2385
2568
Height of 66''
2030MU26
2036MU26
2042MU26
2430MU26
2436MU26
2442MU26
1623
1758
1917
1738
1880
2042
1668
1809
1972
1808
1949
2114
1812
1966
2141
1951
2104
2280
Height of 72''
2030MU27
2036MU27
2042MU27
2430MU27
2436MU27
2442MU27
1696
1831
1987
1809
1950
2116
1738
1880
2042
1878
2020
2183
1881
2037
2211
2021
2175
2351
Height of 84''
2030MU27A
2036MU27A
2042MU27A
2430MU27A
2436MU27A
2442MU27A
1893
2035
2197
2013
2160
2332
1935
2084
2253
2082
2230
2399
2078
2241
2422
2225
2385
2568
A
Height of 84''
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
Specify
...
MU24A
MU26
MU27
MU27A
CODE
...
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Notes
legs:
Option
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
SH
Option
shelves
See
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
p.179
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
136
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
tfl
MAR
MAW
SIN711-2
MULTIPLE UNITS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK /ADJUSTABLE SHELF (SHELVES) / SHELF BRACKETS /
CROSSBARS / HJAB HANDLES / BLACK LOCKS
ML
MA
MAX
1"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
2030MU32
2036MU32
2042MU32
2430MU32
2436MU32
2442MU32
1899
2036
2186
2006
2133
2289
1980
2121
2285
2120
2262
2425
2123
2277
2453
2264
2417
2594
Height of 72''
2030MU33
2036MU33
2042MU33
2430MU33
2436MU33
2442MU33
1969
2107
2256
2076
2204
2359
2050
2193
2355
2190
2332
2495
2194
2348
2524
2333
2490
2664
Height of 84''
2030MU33A
2036MU33A
2042MU33A
2430MU33A
2436MU33A
2442MU33A
2166
2311
2466
2280
2413
2575
2246
2397
2564
2394
2541
2711
2391
2552
2733
2530
2699
2880
Height of 72''
2030MU34
2036MU34
2042MU34
2430MU34
2436MU34
2442MU34
2178
2318
2466
2287
2413
2569
2259
2402
2564
2400
2541
2705
2403
2559
2733
2542
2699
2874
Height of 84''
2030MU34A
2036MU34A
2042MU34A
2430MU34A
2436MU34A
2442MU34A
2376
2521
2675
2491
2623
2785
2457
2606
2774
2604
2751
2921
2601
2762
2943
2740
2909
3090
CODE
A B
Height of 66''
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
Specify
MU32
MU33, MU33A
MU34,MU34A
...
CODE
...
HJAB (STD)
See section:
Accessories
Option
handles
...
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
...
See
Notes
legs:
SH
Option
shelves
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
Handles:
For handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
137
p.179
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
MULTIPLE UNITS WITH GLASS
OR PLEXIGLASS DOORS
tfl
tfl
MAR
MAW
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
5/8" LAMINATE BACK / ADJUSTABLE SHELVES / SHELF BRACKETS / CROSSBARS
/ HJA HANDLES / SATIN NICKEL LOCKS
ML
MA
MAX
1"
1-5/8"
1-5/8"
2030MU23PV
2036MU23PV
2042MU23PV
2430MU23PV
2436MU23PV
2442MU23PV
2012
2238
2476
2080
2306
2544
2068
2295
2533
2136
2363
2601
2385
2612
2850
2453
2680
2918
Height of 72''
2030MU24PV
2036MU24PV
2042MU24PV
2430MU24PV
2436MU24PV
2442MU24PV
2159
2397
2657
2227
2465
2678
2216
2453
2714
2284
2521
2782
2533
2771
3031
2601
2839
3099
Height of 84''
2030MU24APV
2036MU24APV
2042MU24APV
2430MU24APV
2436MU24APV
2442MU24APV
2662
2939
3237
2740
3013
3265
2721
2995
3306
2796
3069
3368
3039
3312
3611
3114
3387
3685
CODE
A B
Height of 66''
Frame finish:
Aluminium
Standard handles:
*HJA (Satin Nickel)
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
Specify
Attention!
...
MU23PV
MU24PV
MU24APV
CODE
...
*HJA (Satin nickel, STD)
See section:
Accessories
Option (handles, if
VS
...
different of the standard
HJA)
(STD)
See:
Color chart
Specify
glass/plexiglass
...
LK
...
Option
locks
PSQ
OVAMBL
OVAMSN
Option
legs
See
Notes
Handles:
For handles other than the HJA standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
legs:
Metal legs can be added under the cabinets. Logiflex will then adjust the unit to the desired height.
p.178
For satin nickel metal corner legs (PSQ), add $49 retail each
For black metal oval legs (OVAMBL), add $49 retail each
For satin nickel metal oval legs (OVAMSN), add $49 retail each
p.179
Shelves:
To add adjustable shelves (SH), price is according to square footage. Please request a quotation to obtain a price.
Glass or
plexiglass
finishes
If the choice of glass is not specified, the standard is frosted glass (VS)
For a type of glass other than the standard frosted (VS), please choose from the Logiflex color chart./ Prices available upon quotation request.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
138
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
ALL-PURPOSE TABLES
All-purpose table / On structural base / Can be
dismantled
Standard: Black metal understructure
Chrome also available / Add CHR to the end of code
All-purpose table / On wooden legs / Can be dismantled
Rectangular table / On metal T legs
Standard: Black metal T legs
Chrome also available / Add CHR to the end of code
Rectangular table / On four 4" square metal legs (T4SQ)
Standard: Black metal square legs (T4SQBL)
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
Legs: All Logiflex melamine colours
tfl
hpl
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
2430TSTR
2448TSTR
2460TSTR
631
667
695
734
816
873
688
758
809
794
910
992
―
―
―
―
―
―
3048TSTR
3060TSTR
3072TSTR
3672TSTR
681
710
781
802
858
905
1034
1098
794
837
951
1006
977
1040
1213
1313
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
3048TWL
3060TWL
3072TWL
3672TWL
559
596
659
688
730
804
906
979
673
737
829
892
849
952
1085
1193
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
3048TMT
3060TMT
3072TMT
559
596
659
730
804
906
673
737
829
849
952
1085
―
―
―
―
―
―
3048T4SQ
3060T4SQ
895
938
1083
1163
1008
1079
1225
1311
1377
1505
1589
1759
Satin Nickel also available (T4SQSN)
HOW TO ORDER?
TSTR
TWL
TMT
M_ _ _
... ( A B ) T4SQ
Serie
CODE
BL
or
CHR
*see Logiflex colour chart
...
BL or CHR
BL or SN
Specify
Notes
For the wooden legs of TWL tables, choose a colour from the Logiflex chart of melamine finishes.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
139
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
COMPUTER TABLES
FOLDING TABLES
TYPING TABLES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES / MOULDINGS
CODE
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
Computer table / On two "C" black metal legs
A B
Modesty, 12" high
2430TINS
2436TINS
2442TINS
2448TINS
2454TINS
2460TINS
2466TINS
2472TINS
581
596
611
624
639
652
667
681
681
712
741
770
799
827
858
887
638
664
690
715
741
765
792
817
741
783
824
865
906
946
988
1030
―
―
―
―
—
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
—
―
―
―
3030TINS
3036TINS
3042TINS
3048TINS
3054TINS
3060TINS
3066TINS
3072TINS
596
611
624
639
652
667
681
695
715
749
781
814
844
879
911
944
667
695
724
752
780
837
837
865
790
837
885
932
979
1028
1075
1122
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
2648FT
2654FT
2660FT
2666FT
2672FT
283
299
313
327
341
412
442
471
500
530
374
401
426
451
477
507
549
590
630
673
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
3048FT
3054FT
3060FT
3066FT
3072FT
3084FT
327
341
355
370
384
398
485
519
551
584
617
668
440
469
497
525
554
596
605
653
700
749
796
876
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
―
1836TW
1842TW
314
329
394
420
369
398
452
492
―
―
―
―
2436TW
2442TW
2448TW
353
384
415
442
487
549
428
460
506
536
583
645
―
―
―
―
―
―
Tables of less than 48'': centered grommet (GRC)
Tables 48'' or more: Left and right grommets (GLR)
Folding table / On black metal folding base
26" deep: 2" high melamine skirt / No recess
30" deep: 2" high melamine skirt / Recessed 2"
Mobile typing desk
On wheels (including 2 lockable casters)
H
HOW TO ORDER?
With metal legs:
Typing tables (TW):
M___
TINS
( A B ) FT
Serie
CODE
M___
( A B ) TW
Serie
CODE
...
H
Specify
height
...
Notes
Grommet styles:
SM (STD)
PM
FM
Mention
with base X and
MXLX
GRL
GRR
GLR
...
( location)
ELPF (STD)
HAPF ($)
(Style)
Option
grommets
See
Black ELPF grommet (elliptic with Logiflex logo) at no charge
HAPF satin nickel grommet also offered / For this option, add $14 retail / each
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
140
p.189
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RECTANGULAR TABLES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
2442T4
2448T4
2460T4
404
419
448
524
554
613
483
510
561
607
650
732
―
―
―
―
―
―
3042T4
3048T4
3060T4
442
453
503
589
618
707
542
567
645
693
737
856
―
―
―
―
―
―
2448WT
2460WT
681
710
830
888
771
823
925
1007
―
―
―
―
3042WT
3048WT
3060WT
703
716
766
864
895
983
803
829
907
968
1013
1131
―
―
―
―
―
―
MANUFACTURING STANDARD:
ON FOUR 2-1/2" ROUND LEGS, BLACK METAL (2.5BL)
CODE
A B
Rectangular table
Rectangular table / Including 2 legs with casters
HOW TO ORDER?
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
M___
T4
( A B ) WT
Serie
CODE
141
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
HOSPITALITY TABLES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
2036T17
2042T17
2048T17
2442T17
2448T17
270
284
299
321
339
347
372
403
420
446
318
341
370
384
407
404
440
478
503
542
589
639
695
695
758
681
748
810
831
910
Hospitality table / 19" high
1818T19
2020T19
2424T19
3030T19
241
249
256
346
261
290
323
470
244
270
299
433
288
321
358
528
414
469
525
716
466
528
597
827
Hospitality table / 17" high
2036TTS17
2042TTS17
2048TTS17
2442TTS17
2448TTS17
341
358
371
391
427
423
447
479
492
519
391
412
442
453
476
470
506
528
558
597
659
710
766
766
816
752
820
888
888
952
1818TTS19
2020TTS19
2424TTS19
3030TTS19
276
299
307
422
328
365
397
544
306
341
370
503
350
394
433
604
476
541
596
788
528
604
671
901
MANUFACTURING STANDARD: WITH 3" HIGH MELAMINE SKIRT
CODE
A B
Hospitality table / 17" high
With 1 fixed shelf
Hospitality table / 19" high
With 1 fixed shelf
HOW TO ORDER?
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
C
M___
T
( A B ) TTS
Serie
CODE
142
(C)
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
HOSPITALITY TABLES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES / MOULDINGS
CODE
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B C
Hospitality table / On metal legs
Brushed metal finish only
181421UTPM
—
—
833
896
1096
1173
Hospitality table / On metal legs
242418UTPM
303018UTPM
—
—
—
—
770
838
857
952
1191
1363
1297
1504
Brushed metal finish only
306018UTPM
307218UTPM
—
—
—
—
955
1080
1150
1309
1743
1973
1975
2247
Hospitality table / On 3" X 3" wooden legs
181421UTWL
—
—
833
896
1096
1173
242418UTWL
303018UTWL
—
—
—
—
770
838
857
952
1191
1363
1297
1504
306018UTWL
307218UTWL
—
—
—
—
955
1080
1150
1309
1743
1973
1975
2247
Brushed metal finish only
Hospitality table / On metal legs
Legs: All Logiflex melamine colours
Hospitality table / On 4" X 4" wooden legs
Legs: All Logiflex melamine colours
Hospitality table / On 4" X 4" wooden legs
Legs: All Logiflex melamine colours
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
( A B C)
UTPM
UTWL
CODE
Brushed metal finish
see colour chart
Specify
Notes
For the wooden legs of UTWL tables, choose a colour from the Logiflex chart of melamine finishes.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
143
July 21, 2015 | USA
KALYPSO HOSPITALITY TABLES
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
ON WOODEN LEGS / CHROME METAL INSERTS
CODE
Square Kalypso hospitality table
Melamine
1" WOOD
ML
—
KL
856
Melamine
1" WOOD
ML
—
KL
1083
Melamine
1" WOOD
ML
680
KL
1246
Melamine
1" WOOD
ML
1020
KL
2096
A B C
242418UTKWLCHR
A B C
Rectangular Kalypso hospitality table
306018UTKWLCHR
A B C
Square Kalypso hospitality table with two doors / HO30 handles
242418ARKWLCHR
A B C
Rectangular Kalypso hospitality table Left: 2-door cabinet
Center: 1 fixed shelf Right: 2-door cabinet
HO30 handles
246018ARARKWLCHR
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
(ABC)
UTKWLCHR
ARKWLCHR
ARARKWLCHR
Serie
Specify
CODE
See
Notes
For wood tables (KL), choose a colour from the Logiflex chart of melamine finishes.
Handles:
For types of handles other than the HO30 standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
144
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
ELLIPTICAL CONFERENCE TABLES
ON CUBIC BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW MAWL
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
48120ELCU
48144ELCU
1430
1730
2167
2460
1987
2234
2562
2919
2780
3143
3395
3873
60168ELCU
1985
3250
3050
4037
4128
5169
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN
96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
CODE
A B
Conference table / Width 48"
Conference table / Width 60"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
(AB )
CODE
EL
CU
...
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Orientation)
(Location)
...
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197.00 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
145
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
ELLIPTICAL CONFERENCE TABLES
ON CYLINDER BASES
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
tfl
hpl
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MAW MAWL
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: SURFACES OF CONFERENCE TABLES LONGER
THAN 96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / HPL CYLINDER BASES / TABLES DELIVERED
DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4296ELCY
42108ELCY
2721
3930
3188
4456
2973
4172
3458
4754
3626
4880
4142
5499
Conference table / Width 48"
48120ELCY
48144ELCY
4122
4269
4789
5069
4470
4719
5170
5528
5265
5628
6005
6481
Conference table / Width 60"
60168ELCY
5207
6372
5910
7040
6989
8173
CODE
A B
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
(AB )
CODE
EL
CY
...
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Orientation)
(Location)
...
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $419 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
146
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
ELLIPTICAL CONFERENCE TABLES
ON Y BASE
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN
96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284ELY
4296ELY
42108ELY
1196
1258
1364
1578
1674
1877
1447
1531
1717
1853
2008
2216
2042
2185
2819
2478
2691
3410
Conference table / Width 48"
4884ELY
4896ELY
48120ELY
48144ELY
1246
1288
1563
1610
1644
1789
2211
2490
1503
1632
2016
2263
1913
2169
2647
2962
2127
2312
2808
3170
2568
2883
3481
3914
Conference table / Width 60"
60168ELY
1976
3323
3007
3992
4087
5123
CODE
A
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
(AB )
CODE
EL
Y
...
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
... (Orientation)
Specify
power/data
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
147
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
ELLIPTICAL CONFERENCE TABLES
ON H BASE
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN
96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284ELH
4296ELH
42108ELH
1157
1213
1290
1565
1674
1804
1419
1503
1689
1820
1977
2184
2016
2156
2398
2445
2662
2926
Conference table / Width 48"
4884ELH
4896ELH
48120ELH
48144ELH
1216
1232
1534
1690
1678
1750
2182
2460
1511
1577
1987
2234
1987
2114
2594
2928
2134
2257
2780
3143
2641
2827
3426
3881
Conference table / Width 60"
60168ELH
2065
3212
2979
3963
4057
5094
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
CODE
EL
...
H
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
... (Orientation)
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
148
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
ELLIPTICAL CONFERENCE TABLES
ON RECTANGULAR BASE
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER
THAN 96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
48120ELRE
48144ELRE
1650
2205
2332
3004
2130
2752
2808
3575
2923
3659
3640
4528
60168ELRE
2683
3849
3507
4682
4584
5812
CODE
A
Conference table / Width 48"
Conference table / Width 60"
B
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
(AB)
CODE
EL
...
RE
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
... (Orientation)
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
149
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-11
ELLIPTICAL CONFERENCE TABLES
ON ARROW BASE
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96"
ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
48120ELARW
48144ELARW
1785
2382
2451
3183
2243
2922
2926
3754
3036
3829
3759
4706
60168ELARW
2861
4028
3677
4860
4753
5990
A
Conference table / Width 48"
Conference table / Width 60"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
(AB)
EL
CODE
...
ARW
Option
access door
**AD
...
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
... (Orientation)
Specify
power/data
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
150
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-11
ELLIPTICAL CONFERENCE TABLES
Double leg
Single leg
ON OVAL LEGS
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE
TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96" ARE IN 2
SECTIONS AND HAVE DOUBLE OVAL LEGS /
TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284ELOVA
4296ELOVA
42108ELOVAD
998
1066
1566
1340
1455
2001
1221
1324
1834
1602
1757
2339
1815
1975
2542
2256
2474
3120
Conference table / Width 48"
4884ELOVA
4896ELOVA
48120ELOVAD
48144ELOVAD
1330
1407
2209
2364
1718
1851
2760
3026
1573
1690
2538
2774
2018
2193
3188
3541
2196
2370
3331
3680
2705
2946
4069
4549
Conference table / Width 60"
60168ELOVAD
2786
3759
3422
4509
4498
5723
CODE
A B
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
Specify
...
EL
CODE
...
OVA BL (black)
OVA SN (satin nickel)
OVAD BL (black)
OVAD SN (satin nickel)
Legs type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
C
L
R
LR
H
V
...
Option
power/data
(Orientation)
(Location)
Specify
with MH option only
See
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Colours for metal legs:
Standard: Black (BL)
Option: Satin Nickel (SN) / No charge
If metal leg colour is not specified in your purchase order, standard black will automatically be applied.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
151
p.179
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RACETRACK-STYLE CONFERENCE TABLES
ON CYLINDER BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / HPL
CYLINDER BASES / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284RTCY
4296RTCY
42108RTCY
2683
2721
3930
3091
3188
4456
2888
2973
4172
3330
3458
4754
3482
3626
4880
3957
4142
5499
Conference table / Width 48"
4896RTCY
48120RTCY
48144RTCY
3232
4122
4269
3765
4789
5069
3513
4470
4719
4346
5170
5528
4193
5265
5628
4836
6005
6481
Conference table / Width 60"
60168RTCY
5205
6372
5910
7040
6989
8173
CODE
A B
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
CODE
RT
...
CY
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Orientation)
(Location)
...
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $419 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
152
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RACETRACK-STYLE CONFERENCE TABLES
ON CUBIC BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96"
ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284RTCU
4296RTCU
42108RTCU
1139
1185
1267
1400
1497
1848
1277
1362
1689
1641
1764
2071
1845
2016
2398
2233
2450
2816
Conference table / Width 48"
4896RTCU
48120RTCU
48144RTCU
1276
1417
1714
1789
2182
2460
1632
1987
2234
2182
2562
2919
2311
2780
3143
2898
3395
3873
Conference table / Width 60"
60168RTCU
1967
3368
3050
4037
4128
5169
CODE
A B
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
CODE
RT
...
CU
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
... (Orientation)
Specify
power/data
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
153
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RACETRACK-STYLE CONFERENCE TABLES
ON Y BASE
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96" ARE
IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284RTY
4296RTY
42108RTY
1054
1134
1214
1406
1449
1722
1314
1380
1572
1729
1848
2100
1910
2031
2279
2354
2533
2843
Conference table / Width 48"
4884RTY
4896RTY
48120RTY
48144RTY
1134
1142
1402
1446
1476
1723
2137
2416
1406
1568
1945
2193
1876
2103
2612
2987
2029
2241
2698
3040
2531
2810
3403
3878
Conference table / Width 60"
60168RTY
2070
3323
3007
4104
3954
5123
CODE
A B
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
CODE
RT
Y
...
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
(Orientation)
...
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
154
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RACETRACK-STYLE CONFERENCE TABLES
ON H BASE
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96"
ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284RTH
4296RTH
42108RTH
1020
1098
1178
1345
1414
1699
1281
1347
1618
1696
1814
2149
1883
2025
2266
2328
2525
2852
Conference table / Width 48"
4884RTH
4896RTH
48120RTH
48144RTH
1098
1107
1366
1408
1600
1693
2107
2386
1461
1540
1917
2163
1934
2074
2584
2957
2084
2209
2667
3013
2588
2776
3372
3849
Conference table / Width 60"
60168RTH
2027
3294
2979
4045
3926
5039
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
CODE
RT
...
* MH1SN
H
Base type
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Orientation)
(Location)
...
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
155
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RACETRACK-STYLE CONFERENCE TABLES
ON RECTANGULAR BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96"
ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284RTRE
4296RTRE
42108RTRE
1371
1437
1890
1779
1904
2415
1639
1749
2229
2070
2237
2790
2233
2401
2937
2695
2921
3533
Conference table / Width 48"
4884RTRE
4896RTRE
48120RTRE
48144RTRE
1437
1514
1666
2205
1904
2046
2332
3004
1749
1877
2130
2752
2237
2427
2808
3575
2372
2556
2923
3659
2891
3141
3640
4528
Conference table / Width 60"
60168RTRE
2683
3849
3507
4682
4584
5812
CODE
A B
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
168''
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
CODE
RT
...
RE
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
... (Orientation)
Specify
power/data
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
156
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RACETRACK-STYLE CONFERENCE TABLES
ON ARROW BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96"
ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284RTARW
4296RTARW
42108RTARW
1490
1555
2069
1898
2022
2596
1752
1862
2401
2189
2355
2968
2346
2514
3106
2814
3040
3712
Conference table / Width 48"
4884RTARW
4896RTARW
48120RTARW
48144RTARW
1555
1633
1785
2382
2022
2165
2451
3183
1862
1990
2243
2922
2355
2546
2926
3754
2485
2670
3036
3829
3009
3259
3759
4706
Conference table / Width 60"
60168RTARW
2861
4028
3677
4860
4753
5990
CODE
A B
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
CODE
RT
...
ARW
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Orientation)
(Location)
...
Specify
power/data
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
157
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RACETRACK-STYLE CONFERENCE TABLES
ON OVAL LEGS
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
Double leg
Single leg
tfl
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE
SURFACES LONGER THAN 96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS
AND HAVE DOUBLE OVAL LEGS / TABLES DELIVERED
DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284RTOVA
4296RTOVA
42108RTOVAD
998
1066
1566
1340
1455
2001
1221
1324
1834
1602
1757
2339
1815
1975
2542
2256
2474
3120
Conference table / Width 48"
4884RTOVA
4896RTOVA
48120RTOVAD
48144RTOVAD
1330
1407
2209
2364
1718
1851
2760
3026
1573
1690
2538
2774
2018
2193
3188
3541
2196
2370
3331
3680
2705
2946
4069
4549
Conference table / Width 60"
60168RTOVAD
2786
3759
3422
4509
4498
5723
CODE
A B
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
Specify
...
RT
CODE
...
OVA BL (black)
OVA SN (satin nickel)
OVAD BL (black)
OVAD SN (satin nickel)
Legs type
H
V
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
...
Option
power/data
(Orientation)
C
L
R
LR
(Location)
Specify
with MH option only
See
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Colours for metal legs:
Standard: Black (BL)
Option: Satin Nickel (SN) / No charge
If metal leg colour is not specified in your purchase order, standard black will automatically be applied.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
158
July 21, 2015 | USAp.179
SIN711-11
BOAT-STYLE TABLES (ROUNDED)
ON CYLINDER BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / HPL
CYLINDER BASES / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
304284BTRCY
304296BTRCY
3042108BTRCY
3042120BTRCY
2751
2791
2839
4044
3103
3168
3267
4533
2903
2961
3047
4246
3321
3407
3534
4831
3297
3409
3700
4953
3857
4034
4220
5577
Conference table / Maximum width 48"
364884BTRCY
364896BTRCY
3648120BTRCY
3648144BTRCY
3120
3354
4253
4419
3549
3843
4866
5147
3318
3587
4543
4793
3819
4424
5248
5605
3942
4267
5338
5701
4474
4913
6082
6557
Conference table / Maximum width 60"
4860168BTRCY
5397
6449
5983
7117
7062
8251
CODE
A B C
Conference table / Maximum width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
( A B C ) BTR
Serie
CODE
CY
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
(Orientation)
...
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $419 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
159
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
BOAT-STYLE TABLES (ROUNDED)
ON CUBIC BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN
96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
304284BTRCU
304296BTRCU
3042108BTRCU
1248
1332
1415
1530
1628
1926
1402
1486
1763
1822
1960
2301
1969
2140
2471
2417
2647
3044
Conference table / Maximum width 48"
364896BTRCU
3648120BTRCU
3648144BTRCU
1366
1508
1812
1867
2260
2537
1706
2061
2308
2247
2735
3108
2385
2854
3217
2961
3568
4064
Conference table / Maximum width 54"
4254168BTRCU
1985
3161
2866
3834
3943
4964
CODE
A B C
Conference table / Maximum width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
(ABC)
BTR
CODE
CU
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
... (Orientation)
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
160
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
BOAT-STYLE TABLES (ROUNDED)
ON H BASE
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96"
ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
364284BTRH
364296BTRH
3642108BTRH
1092
1171
1252
1471
1578
1734
1401
1503
1651
1820
1977
2226
1995
2154
2401
2445
2662
2970
Conference table / Maximum width 48"
424884BTRH
424896BTRH
4248120BTRH
4248144BTRH
1171
1178
1440
1491
1596
1694
2091
2250
1520
1613
1991
2143
1996
2151
2662
3033
2134
2293
2783
3145
2641
2864
3493
3987
Conference table / Maximum width 60"
5460168BTRH
1904
2999
3052
4204
4131
5337
CODE
A
Conference table / Maximum width 42"
B C
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
( A B C ) BTR
CODE
...
* MH1SN
H
Base type
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
(Orientation)
...
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
161
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
BOAT-STYLE TABLES (ROUNDED)
ON Y BASE
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN
96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
364284BTRY
364296BTRY
3642108BTRY
1128
1207
1288
1504
1608
1811
1432
1531
1725
1853
2008
2262
2027
2183
2435
2478
2691
3006
Conference table / Maximum width 48"
424884BTRY
424896BTRY
4248120BTRY
4248144BTRY
1207
1214
1474
1519
1620
1725
2126
2384
1543
1643
2025
2270
2027
2182
2697
3069
2166
2322
2817
3179
2674
2895
3529
4023
Conference table / Maximum width 60"
5460168BTRY
1950
3047
3097
4251
4177
5383
CODE
A B C
Conference table / Maximum width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
( A B C ) BTR
Serie
CODE
Y
...
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
... (Orientation)
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
162
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
BOAT-STYLE TABLES (ROUNDED)
ON RECTANGULAR BASES
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
tfl
hpl
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MAW MAWL
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96"
ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
364284BTRRE
364296BTRRE
3642108BTRRE
1371
1437
1890
1779
1904
2415
1639
1749
2229
2070
2237
2790
2233
2401
2937
2695
2921
3533
Conference table / Maximum width 48"
424884BTRRE
424896BTRRE
4248120BTRRE
4248144BTRRE
1437
1514
1666
2205
1904
2046
2332
3004
1749
1877
2130
2752
2237
2427
2808
3575
2372
2556
2923
3659
2891
3141
3640
4528
Conference table / Maximum width 60"
5460168BTRRE
2683
3849
3507
4682
4584
5812
CODE
A B C
Conference table / Maximum width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
( A B C ) BTR
CODE
...
RE
Option
access door
**AD
...
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
H
V
... (Orientation)
power/data
C
L
R
LR
(Location)
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
163
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
BOAT-STYLE TABLES (ROUNDED)
ON ARROW BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96"
ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
364284BTRARW
364296BTRARW
3642108BTRARW
1490
1555
2069
1898
2022
2596
1752
1862
2401
2189
2355
2968
2346
2514
3106
2814
3040
3712
Conference table / Maximum width 48"
424884BTRARW
424896BTRARW
4248120BTRARW
4248144BTRARW
1555
1633
1785
2382
2022
2165
2451
3183
1862
1990
2243
2922
2355
2546
2926
3754
2485
2670
3036
3829
3009
3259
3759
4706
Conference table / Maximum width 60"
5460168BTRARW
2861
4028
3677
4860
4753
5990
CODE
A
Conference table / Maximum width 42"
B C
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
(ABC)
CODE
BTR
...
ARW
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
...
* MH1SN
MH2SN
Option
H
V
... (Orientation)
power/data
C
L
R
LR
(Location)
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
164
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-11
BOAT-STYLE TABLES (ROUNDED)
ON OVAL LEGS
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
Double leg
Single leg
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE
SURFACES LONGER THAN 96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS AND HAVE
DOUBLE OVAL LEGS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
364284BTROVA
364296BTROVA
3642108BTROVAD
1076
1143
1643
1415
1533
2078
1293
1396
1907
1679
1832
2415
1888
2048
2615
2332
2549
3196
Conference table / Maximum width 48"
424884BTROVA
424896BTROVA
4248120BTROVAD
4248144BTROVAD
1407
1484
2287
2440
1794
1927
2836
3103
1645
1763
2610
2846
2094
2270
3264
3616
2268
2443
3403
3752
2781
3022
4144
4625
Conference table / Maximum width 60"
5460168BTROVAD
3704
3835
3494
4584
4570
5798
CODE
A B C
Conference table / Maximum width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
Specify
...
BTR
CODE
...
OVA BL (black)
OVA SN (satin nickel)
OVAD BL (black)
OVAD SN (satin nickel)
Legs type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
R
LR
H
V
...
(Orientation)
(Location)
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Colours for metal legs:
Standard: Black (BL)
Option: Satin Nickel (SN) / No charge
If metal leg colour is not specified in your purchase order, standard black will automatically be applied.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
165
p.179
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RECTANGULAR CONFERENCE TABLES
ON CYLINDER BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / HPL
CYLINDER BASES / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
Conference table / Width 42"
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
2529
2570
3776
2937
3035
4302
2742
2827
4025
3176
3304
4601
3337
3479
4734
3804
3989
5345
4284TCY
4296TCY
42108TCY
36
12
Conference table / Width 48"
4884TCY
4896TCY
48120TCY
48144TCY
3014
3080
3652
3718
3535
3612
4558
4636
3304
3367
4260
4324
4125
4192
4950
5017
3984
4047
5055
5119
4616
4683
5783
5851
Conference table / Width 60"
60168TCY
5052
6219
5764
6887
6842
8019
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
CODE
T
...
CY
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
(Orientation)
...
Specify
power/data
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and 419$ retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
166
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RECTANGULAR CONFERENCE TABLES
ON CUBIC BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN
96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284TCU
4296TCU
42108TCU
1075
1121
1203
1308
1430
1653
1222
1299
1503
1574
1698
1957
1781
1952
2210
2166
2382
2771
Conference table / Width 48"
4884TCU
4896TCU
48120TCU
48144TCU
1128
1203
1327
1606
1531
1589
1964
2262
1395
1440
1792
2046
1814
1898
2368
2732
2018
2120
2585
2952
2469
2683
3285
3784
Conference table / Width 60"
60168TCU
1809
2832
2538
3513
3614
4794
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
CODE
T
...
Notes
CU
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
... (Orientation)
Specify
with MH option only
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
167
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RECTANGULAR CONFERENCE TABLES
ON H BASE
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN
96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284TH
4296TH
42108TH
873
953
1119
1267
1401
1772
1185
1275
1618
1593
1738
2149
1781
1923
2327
2221
2418
2893
Conference table / Width 48"
4884TH
4896TH
48120TH
48144TH
953
1045
1282
1402
1401
1707
2060
2329
1275
1553
1917
2163
1738
2088
2584
2957
1894
2234
2709
3070
2389
2804
3416
3909
Conference table / Width 60"
60168TH
1798
3137
2909
4053
3988
5187
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
CODE
T
...
H
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
(Orientation)
...
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
168
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RECTANGULAR CONFERENCE TABLES
ON Y BASE
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN 96"
ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284TY
4296TY
42108TY
909
992
1071
1298
1431
1808
1213
1304
1652
1624
1769
2185
1811
1952
2361
2250
2450
2928
Conference table / Width 48"
4884TY
4896TY
48120TY
48144TY
992
1079
1316
1424
1436
1743
2096
2365
1309
1587
1951
2197
1773
2124
2620
2993
1928
2268
2743
3104
2424
2839
3451
3945
Conference table / Width 60"
60168TY
1844
3185
2954
4101
4032
5233
CODE
A B
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
(AB )
T
CODE
Y
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Orientation)
(Location)
...
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
169
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RECTANGULAR CONFERENCE TABLES
ON RECTANGULAR BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN
96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
A B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284TRE
4296TRE
42108TRE
1250
1318
1777
1649
1772
2284
1514
1624
2104
1939
2105
2660
2108
2276
2812
2564
2790
3402
Conference table / Width 48"
4884TRE
4896TRE
48120TRE
48144TRE
1318
1396
1549
2094
1772
1915
2201
2874
1624
1752
2005
2628
2105
2296
2676
3445
2247
2432
2799
3534
2760
3009
3509
4396
Conference table / Width 60"
60168TRE
2576
3718
3383
4551
4459
5682
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
CODE
T
...
RE
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
power/data
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
... (Orientation)
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
170
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
RECTANGULAR CONFERENCE TABLES
ON BOAT-SHAPED BASES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE SURFACES LONGER THAN
96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284TARW
4296TARW
42108TARW
1372
1439
1957
1767
1891
2462
1627
1738
2274
2058
2225
2838
2222
2390
2982
2683
2910
3581
Conference table / Width 48"
4884TARW
4896TARW
48120TARW
48144TARW
1439
1516
1669
2274
1891
2034
2319
3052
1738
1865
2119
2797
2225
2415
2796
3624
2361
2545
2912
3704
2879
3129
3629
4575
Conference table / Width 60"
60168TARW
2756
3897
3552
4729
4629
5860
CODE
A B
Conference table / Width 42"
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB)
CODE
T
...
ARW
Option
access door
...
**AD
Base type
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
Option
C
L
H
R
V
LR
(Location)
(Orientation)
...
Specify
power/data
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Access door(s):
To add one or more access doors to the base(s) of a conference table, add the code (AD) and $197 retail per access door
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
171
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-11
RECTANGULAR CONFERENCE TABLES
ON OVAL LEGS
Single leg
EDGES / MOULDINGS
Double leg
tfl
hpl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS: CONFERENCE TABLE
SURFACES LONGER THAN 96" ARE IN 2 SECTIONS
AND HAVE DOUBLE OVAL LEGS / TABLES DELIVERED
DISASSEMBLED
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
4284TOVA
4296TOVA
42108TOVAD
940
999
1490
1282
1390
1926
1165
1260
1763
1545
1689
2264
1759
1912
2471
2198
2407
3044
Conference table / Width 48"
4884TOVA
4896TOVA
48120TOVAD
48144TOVAD
1264
1330
2115
2247
1652
1775
2665
2913
1509
1618
2447
2665
1951
2118
3093
3426
2132
2298
3240
3571
2639
2870
3973
4435
Conference table / Width 60"
60168TOVAD
2618
3593
3263
4342
4339
5556
CODE
A
Conference table / Width 42"
B
Option: Power/data centre(s)*
MH1
MH2
2 electr + 2 comm outlets
3 electr. + 4 comm.
Positioning of power/data centres
L C R
L C R
L C R
L C R
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
...
(AB )
Specify
...
T
CODE
...
OVA BL (black)
OVA SN (satin nickel)
OVAD BL (black)
OVAD SN (satin nickel)
Legs type
H
V
* MH1SN
...
MH2SN
...
Option
power/data
(Orientation)
C
L
R
LR
(Location)
Specify
with MH option only
Notes
*Please specify positioning (C, L, R or LR) and orientation (H = Horizontal and V = Vertical) of the power/data centres at the end of the code
Colours for metal legs:
Standard: Black (BL)
Option: Satin Nickel (SN) / No charge
If metal leg colour is not specified in your purchase order, standard black will automatically be applied.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
172
p.179
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
ROUND TABLES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
29" HIGH / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
CODE
Round table on cross base
A
Melamine base
30TRX16
36TRX20
42TRX24
48TRX30
54TRX33
60TRX36
A
Melamine base
A
HPL base
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
(A )
TR
CODE
...
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
409
452
497
624
695
784
564
599
737
865
1033
1166
511
550
675
788
937
1054
611
685
854
1021
1238
1405
—
—
1252
1541
1778
2051
2287
1420
1705
2061
2419
2701
404
553
599
653
768
859
613
656
750
865
988
1093
569
605
686
788
895
985
671
700
866
1009
1209
1331
—
—
1309
1541
1778
2006
2218
1478
1765
2061
2376
2625
941
984
1067
1140
1237
1307
1070
1166
1297
1415
1656
1794
1004
1090
1207
1312
1531
1652
1129
1252
1415
1572
1863
2032
—
—
1733
2072
2302
2630
2886
1925
2324
2612
3030
3326
B
30TRCY18
36TRCY18
42TRCY24
48TRCY24
54TRCY30
60TRCY30
Round table on cylinder base
MLL
1"
B
30TRXCV16
36TRXCV20
42TRXCV24
48TRXCV30
54TRXCV33
60TRXCV36
Round table on concave cross base
ML
B
X
XCV
CY
Specify
base type
...
(B)
Mention
Notes
Attention:
Wood moulding (MAW and MAX) not available for 30" round tables.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
173
July 21, 2015 | USA
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
SIN711-11
ROUND TABLES
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
29" HIGH / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
CODE
A
Round table on cross base
B
30TRMX26
36TRMX30
42TRMX36
Standard: Black metal cross base
Chrome also available / Add CHR at the end of code
A
A
Standard: Black metal Deluxe cross base
Satin Nickel also available / Add SN at the end of code
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
477
521
565
592
675
768
550
622
702
653
765
889
―
1329
1568
―
1544
1797
672
715
756
797
841
924
745
781
851
857
888
1044
―
1487
1717
―
1664
1951
822
898
985
1091
1233
1391
1003
1129
1268
1282
1474
1688
1993
2242
2501
2285
2643
2983
B
30TRMXLX24
36TRMXLX30
42TRMXLX36
Round table on Deluxe cross base
ML
A
A
Black metal Heavy Duty cross base
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
(A )
TR
CODE
B
48TRMXH44
54TRMXH44
60TRMXH44
Round table on Heavy Duty cross base
...
MX
MXLX
MXH
...
Specify
base type
(B)
Mention
Notes
Attention:
...
MX (black)
MXLX (black ou satin nickel)
MXH (black)
Specify
color for MX and
MXLX legs
See
Wood moulding (MAW and MAX) not available for 30" round tables.
Colours for metal legs: Standard: Black (BL)
If metal leg colour is not specified in your purchase order, standard (BL) black will automatically be applied.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
174
p.179
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-11
SQUARE TABLES
tfl
hpl
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
MAW
MAWL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
MANUFACTURING STANDARDS:
hpl
29" HIGH / TABLES DELIVERED DISASSEMBLED
CODE
A
Square table on cross base
30TCX30
36TCX36
42TCX42
48TCX48
54TCX54
60TCX60
Melamine base
A
Standard: Black metal Deluxe cross base
Satin Nickel also available / Add SN at the end of code
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
411
454
505
574
717
784
516
609
704
831
1044
1180
477
559
642
755
948
1067
578
607
763
987
1262
1419
1096
1218
1506
1745
2060
2300
1226
1384
1673
2025
2429
2713
660
666
671
792
839
889
739
779
818
849
880
1013
1357
1479
1684
1498
1657
1917
678
682
752
820
895
852
902
983
1063
1154
790
830
899
967
1042
893
1025
1098
1170
1250
1490
1695
1765
1833
1908
1668
1930
2003
2075
2154
B
30TCMXLX30
36TCMXLX36
42TCMXLX36
Square table on Deluxe cross base
ML
B
A
A
36TCOVA
42TCOVA
48TCOVA
54TCOVA
60TCOVA
Square table on single oval legs (OVA)
For black metal oval legs, add (BL)
For satin nickel metal oval legs, add (SN)
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
(A )
TC
CODE
...
X
MXLX
OVA
...
Specify
base type
(B)
Mention
with base X and
MXLX
...
BL
SN
Specify
color for MXLX and
OVA legs
See
Notes
Colours for metal legs:
Standard: Black (BL)
Option: Satin Nickel (SN) / No charge
If metal leg colour is not specified in your purchase order, standard black will automatically be applied.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
175
p.179
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-20
CONFERENCE BOARDS
tfl
tfl
MAR
MAW
EDGES /
MOULDINGS
tfl
PRODUCTION STANDARDS:
FOR WALL MOUNTING (WITH Z-BAR IN BACK)
CODE
ML
MA
MAX
White board
A B
1"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
3" melamine frame
2436MB
3036MB
3636MB
3048MB
434
477
521
521
444
486
530
580
531
574
618
693
3648MB
4848MB
565
605
—
—
—
—
1041
1128
1214
1302
1408
1519
1590
1060
1151
1239
1330
1434
1547
1621
1159
1262
1364
1468
1559
1685
1771
2209
2357
—
—
—
—
289
348
—
—
—
—
A B
3636WC
3642WC
3648WC
3654WC
4848WC
4854WC
4860WC
White board with doors
Left door: Writing pad
Right door: Cork
HJAB handles
A B
4848WCSD
4860WCSD
White board with sliding doors
Sliding doors / HJAB handles
B
SCREEN36
SCREEN48
Projector screen for conference board
(factory-installed)
SCREEN36: Projector screen for conference boards 36'' wide or more
SCREEN48: Projector screen for conference boards 48'' wide or more
Projector screen
EBC
Eraser and markers
HOW TO ORDER?
MB
WC
WCSD
M___
( A B ) (screen type)
Serie
CODE
...
49
SCREEN36
SCREEN48
Option
projector screen
Notes
Handles
Attention:
...
EBC
Option
eraser and crayon
set
See
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
p.178
Logiflex is in no way responsible for the installation of conference boards. This responsibility belongs entirely to the distributor or to the
client.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
176
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-20
LECTERNS
PRODUCTION STANDARDS: REMOVABLE SHELF / WITH MPORTSN / CENTRED GROMMET
ML
CODE
1"
Lectern
263550LTR
263550LTL
Removable inclined
reading shelf
2061
2061
Overhead view of lectern
5 1/4''
Open space
With MPORTSN
communication box
Front view of lectern
2
Two doors with touch
latches
Two adjustable shelves in
lower section of unit
Left lectern
Right lectern
Sliding shelf
Sliding shelf
Removable shelf
Removable shelf
11" X 22" sliding shelf
4 locking casters, add 1 3/4'' to total height of lectern
263550LTL
263550LTR
Left-sliding shelf
Right-sliding shelf
CODE
ROUL023
181
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Série
...
263550
LTR (DROIT)
LTL (GAUCHE)
...
CODE
ROUL 023 ($)
Option (Roulettes)
Notes
One communication box (MPORTSN) is included in the 5 1/4" high open space in the upper section of the unit
Casters:
To add casters, please place your request with the Logiflex quotations department.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
177
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
MOBILE SERVICE CARTS
PRODUCTION STANDARDS:
UNIT ON WHEELS (FRONT-LOCKING) / 1 SUB-SURFACE SLIDING SHELF / 1 ADJUSTABLE SHELF IN CABINET SECTION / HJAB HANDLES / BLACK LOCKS
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
MAX
MAXL
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
686
752
710
782
908
989
1121
1230
1157
1274
1426
1557
A
20" wide mobile cart
WCART20
Locking wheel
A
WCART36
36" wide mobile cart
Locking wheel
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
WCART
(A)
CODE
See
Notes
Handles
For types of handles other than the HJAB standard, please choose from the Logiflex list / No charge
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
178
p.178
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
CONNECTION TOPS
tfl
hpl
MAR
MARL
EDGES / MOULDINGS
tfl
CODE
ML
MLL
MA
MAL
B
1"
1-1/16"
1-5/8"
1-9/16"
1313TRTOP
23
42
40
60
1818TRTOP
1820TRTOP
1824TRTOP
1830TRTOP
1836TRTOP
44
44
49
74
79
78
78
83
122
130
74
74
79
116
124
106
106
113
168
175
2020TRTOP
2024TRTOP
2030TRTOP
2036TRTOP
49
57
79
87
83
100
130
145
79
95
124
138
113
135
175
197
2424TRTOP
2430TRTOP
2436TRTOP
74
87
108
122
145
168
116
138
160
168
197
228
3030TRTOP
3036TRTOP
116
129
190
214
181
204
257
288
3636TRTOP
160
266
253
365
1818TCXTOP
1820TCXTOP
1824TCXTOP
1830TCXTOP
1836TCXTOP
44
44
49
74
79
78
78
83
122
130
74
74
79
116
124
106
106
113
168
175
2018TCXTOP
2020TCXTOP
2024TCXTOP
2030TCXTOP
49
49
57
79
83
83
100
130
79
79
95
124
113
113
135
175
2424TCXTOP
2430TCXTOP
2436TCXTOP
74
87
108
122
145
168
116
138
160
168
197
228
3030TCXTOP
3036TCXTOP
116
129
190
214
181
204
257
288
3636TCXTOP
160
266
253
365
A
Triangular connection top
A
1/4 round connection top
hpl
B
HOW TO ORDER?
M___
Serie
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
(AB)
TRTOP
TCXTOP
CODE
179
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ACCESSORIES
HANDLES
CODE
HJAB / HJA
CODE
11
H011
11
HO11: Satin nickel
HJAB: Black
HJA: Satin nickel
Drilling distance between holes: 5"
SXP002
Drilling distance between holes: 8-13/16"
11
SXP003
SXP002: Satin nickel
11
SXP003: Satin nickel
Drilling distance between holes: 3-3/4"
Drilling distance between holes: 7-1/2"
HO30
11
HO31
HO30: Satin nickel
11
HO31: Satin nickel
Drilling distance between holes: 5/8"
Drilling distance between holes: 3-3/4"
H060
11
H070
H060BN: Brushed Nickel
H070BN: Brushed Nickel
H060CHR: Chrome
H070CHR: Chrome
Drilling distance between holes: 8-13/16" (224mm)
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
11
Drilling distance between holes: 7-1/2" (192mm)
180
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ACCESSORIES
LEGS
CODE
Oval metal corner leg / On leveller
OVAMBL
49
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
OVAMSN
49
Metal corner leg / On leveller
PSQ
49
*2,5BL
68
Satin nickel (SN) only
Fixed round metal leg, 2-1/2" in diameter / On leveller / 5" X
5" end plate
Black (BL)
Fixed round metal leg, 4-1/2" in diameter / On leveller / 6" X 6"
end plate
*
These legs not recommended for rectangular tables / To be used as supports for P, D and Q
tables
4.5BL
4.5SN
193
193
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
Fixed round metal leg, 6" in diameter / 8" X 8" end plate
6BL
6SN
227
227
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
Fixed round metal leg, 2-1/2" in diameter / On leveller / 5" X 5"
end plate
IFNBL
IFNSN
68
68
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
181
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ACCESSORIES
LEGS
CODE
Fixed round metal leg, 2-1/2" in diameter / Wheel (no locking
mechanism) / 5" X 5" end plate
IFWBL
IFWSN
119
119
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
Fixed round metal leg, 2-1/2" in diameter / Locking wheel / 5"
X 5" end plate
IFWFBL
IFWFSN
125
125
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
Height-adjustable round metal leg, 2-1/2" in diameter / Wheel
(no locking mechanism) / 5" X 5" end plate
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
IAWSN
IAWBL
*IAWFBL
*IAWFSN
188
188
194
194
* With locking mechanism
Fixed round metal leg, 2-1/2" in diameter / On multi-direction
caster with two-way locking mechanism / 5" X 5" end plate
IFMDBL
163
Black (BL) only
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
182
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ACCESSORIES
LEGS
CODE
Fixed single oval leg, metal, 1-9/16" X 3-3/16" / On leveller
/ 6" X 6" end plate
OVASBL
OVASSN
125
125
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
Fixed double oval leg, metal, (2 X 1-9/16" X 3-3/16") / On
levellers / 6" X 8" end plate
OVADBL
OVADSN
227
227
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
Fixed C leg (24" or 30"), metal / On levellers / 5" X 12" end
plate
CF24NBL
CF24NSN
200
200
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
CF30NBL
CF30NSN
MT26BL
Fixed T leg (26", 30" or 36"), metal / 8" X 8" end plate
MT30BL
Black (BL) / Chrome (CHR)
MT36BL
MT22CHR
MT26CHR
MT30CHR
MT36CHR
MY26BL
Fixed V leg (26", 30" or 36"), metal / 8" X 8" end plate
MY30BL
Black (BL) / Chrome (CHR)
MY36BL
MY26CHR
MY30CHR
MY36CHR
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
183
213
213
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
177
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ACCESSORIES
LEGS
CODE
Fixed Deluxe T leg (24", 30" or 36"), metal / On levellers /
8" X 8" end plate
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
TF24NBL
200
TF30NBL
213
TF36NBL
370
TF24NSN
200
213
370
TF30NSN
TF36NSN
Fixed Heavy Duty cross leg, metal / On levellers / 12" X 12"
end plate
MXH44CHR
361
451
MXLX24BL
490
MXLX30BL
490
490
MXH44BL
Black (BL) / Chrome (CHR)
Fixed Deluxe cross leg, metal (24", 30" or 36"), metal / On
levellers / 8" X 8" end plate
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
MXLX36BL
MXLX24SN
MXLX30SN
MXLX36SN
Fixed cross leg, metal (26", 30" or 36"), metal / 8" X 8" end
plate
MX26BL
MX30BL
MX36BL
490
490
490
197
230
230
Black (BL) / Chrome (CHR)
MX26CHR
MX30CHR
MX36CHR
Fixed square leg 4" X 4", metal / On leveller / 6" X 6" end
plate
4SQBL
4SQSN
230
230
230
181
181
Black (BL) / Satin nickel (SN)
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
184
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ACCESSORIES
KEYBOARD TRAYS
CODE
KBM
Keyboard tray
268
22" wide retractable ergonomic keyboard / Ball-bearing slides / Wrist rest / 9-1/2" wide mouse tray
Keyboard tray
KB360M
467
Black plastic 24-1/2" wide retractable ergonomic keyboard
'Lift-N-Lock'' spring system (no lever) to adjust height
Handle for easy tilt adjustment from 10° to 15°
10" X 7-1/2" mouse tray / 19" black gel wrist rest
360° rotation
Keyboard tray
KB
147
24" wide only keyboard tray
1" thick melamine
Adjustable height from 1-3/4'' to 2-3/4'' / additional 2" for slides
Keyboard tray
KBMOD
176
24" to 30"wide keyboard tray
1" thick melamine
Adjustable height from 1-3/4'' to 2-3/4'' / additional 2" for slides
Keyboard tray
KBMODR
239
28" wide keyboard tray only
1" thick melamine
Adjustable height from 1-3/4'' to 2-3/4'' / additional 2" for slides
Black gel wrist wrest / Depth-adjustable stop handles
Wrist rest
AP
56
Black gel wrist wrest
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
185
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ACCESSORIES
CPU HOLDERS
CODE
MCPU90
CPU holder
165
Black metal CPU holder
Easy manipulation
Vertical adjustment:
- Height: 15.5" to 20"
- Width: 5.5" to 9.8"
Horizontal adjustment:
- Height: 7.3" to 11.3"
- Width: 13.8" to 18.8"
MCPU92
CPU holder
211
Single-hand manipulation
Ratchet style locking storage adjustment
Height adjustable: 13'' to 25''
Width adjustable: 3'' to 9''
Maximum capacity 85 lbs
MCPU93
Sliding CPU holder
295
Single-hand manipulation
Ratchet style locking storage adjustment
Height adjustable: 13'' to 25''
Width adjustable: 3'' to 9''
Maximum capacity 85 lbs
360 degree rotation
12" storage
Melamine CPU holder, 5/8" thick
CPUINS
140
CPUIND
140
MT
140
Factory-installed; depth is adjusted to match depth of
furniture unit
10" x 20" interior
Melamine CPU holder, 5/8" thick
10" x 20" interior
Mobile CPU holder
Interior width 10"
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
186
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ACCESSORIES
COMPUTER MONITOR BRACKETS
Clamp system
CODE
Computer monitor bracket,
BRSC1M4
519
BRSC1M7
367
BRSC2M4
913
BRSC2M7
567
with height-adjustable arm, clamp-mounted
Finish: Satin nickel
Computer monitor bracket,
with fixed-height arm, clamp-mounted
Finish: Satin nickel
Double computer monitor bracket,
Adjustable height, clamp-mounted
Finish: Satin nickel
Double computer monitor bracket,
Fixed height, clamp-mounted
Finish: Satin nickel
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
187
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ACCESSORIES
COMPUTER MONITOR BRACKETS
Affixed to work surface (grommetmounted)
Computer monitor bracket,
CODE
BRSG1M4
499
BRSG1M7
343
BRSG2M4
907
BRSG2M7
541
with height-adjustable arm, grommet-mounted
Finish: Satin nickel
Computer monitor bracket,
with fixed arm, grommet-mounted
Finish: Satin nickel
Double computer monitor bracket,
Adjustable height, grommet-mounted
Finish: Satin nickel
Double computer monitor bracket,
Fixed height, grommet-mounted
Finish: Satin nickel
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
188
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ACCESSORIES
SUSPENDED STORAGE SYSTEMS
Pi. Li.
52
CODE
8" high panel for suspended accessories
PRAD
Storage system that can be installed on the back of
Two 1-1/4'' high anodized aluminum rails inserted in a grooved melamine panel 8'' high x 5/8'' thick
hutches, on walls, under hutches, under a transaction
top, etc.
Choice of colours according to Logiflex chart
of finishes
Example of
configuration on
hutch back
12" high panel for suspended accessories
Pi. Li.
68
PRAT
Storage system that can be installed on the back of
Three 1-1/4'' high anodized aluminum rails inserted in a grooved melamine panel 12'' high x 5/8'' thick
hutches, on walls, under hutches, under a transaction
top, etc.
Choice of colours according to Logiflex chart of finishes
Example of
configuration under
hutch
Paper form holder
TRPS
42
IACS
34
RP
66
PCD
29
Steel epoxy with aluminum finish
25 cm wide x 21.5 cm high
Suspended tray
Translucent plastic
10 cm deep x 19.8 cm wide
Horizontal paper sorter
Steel epoxy with aluminum finish
22 cm deep x 35 cm wide x 5 cm
high
CD/DVD holder (8 DVDs)
Translucent plastic
13.5 cm wide
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
189
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
ACCESSORIES
MISCELLANEOUS
CODE
WE
22
8
Set of two long suspension bars for front/back filing for a
lateral file drawer
SBH
14
Set of two short suspension bars for left/right filing for a
regular file drawer
SBV
14
GRILLB
43
GRILLW
55
Separators (package of three [3])
Black ventilation grill
WD
Set of 3
Unit price
Factory installation only
White ventilation grill
Factory installation only
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
190
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
ACCESSORIES
MISCELLANEOUS
CODE
Black paper grommet (sold separately)
Black paper grommet (factory-installed)
PS
14
PSINS
71
TCPM
177
TCPM2
170
LKBL
Please specify type of furniture on which lock will be
installed.
LKSNINS (factory installed)
22
22
34
34
WBRNS
78
Sold by the pair
HAPF
14
ELPF
6
Installation location must be
specified
*Black plastic sliding drawer, 16-1/4'' x 23'' with steel ball
bearings
Sliding drawer with compartments to organize and ballbearing slides
Additional lock, sold separately or factory-installed
LKSN
LKBLINS (factory installed)
Wall brackets for shelves
Finish: Satin nickel only
Grommet with 3-1/2" opening
Finish: Satin nickel
Standard black plastic grommet with 2-1/2" opening
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
191
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
ELECTRICITY
INTRODUCTION
Introduction to calculation and use of electrical components
Most people are uncomfortable with anything related to electricity. This step-by-step guide is intended for people who
are not familiar with electrical installations but who have to specify what system they need when ordering furniture. In
this guide, you will learn how to choose and specify the electrical installations required for your projects. The list that
follows illustrates and identifies each product and describes its applications.
The electrical components are all recognized by the Underwriters Laboratory (UL) as office furniture accessories and are
manufactured according to Canadian Standards Association (CSA) and UL electrical standards. Metal channels are not UL
approved and are used only to hold and distribute electrical wires. They should therefore not be used for
telecommunication or digital data cables. You must use a separate channel in order to avoid a short circuit. Some cities
and municipalities may have their own requirements.
** All electrical connections must be performed by a certified electrician. **
??
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
192
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
ELECTRICITY
CALCULATING AMPERAGE
The following steps describe the working of an electrical system for the MPLK communication box. By following these few simple
steps, you can easily determine the number of circuits required to ensure safe use of your electrical equipment.
STEP #1
Determine the number of amperes required
An ampere is a unit of measure that determines the amount of electricity used by a machine.
On your computer or electric device (e.g. monitor, central processing unit, printer), find the
plate that provides the technical specifications as follows: Input: 120v-1.8A. If you cannot
find this information on the machine, you will probably find it in the user manual.
STEP #2
Calculate the total number of amperes per electrical series
An electrical series corresponds to the total number of amperes that you draw from a same
power source. This may be a computer equipped with a printer, a series of tables joined
together, or perhaps a conference table with several electrical outlets. Add the number of
amperes (defined in Step 1) for each machine in the series. In our example, there are three
amperes per computer and monitor, and nine amperes for the printer. Please note that the
number of amperes may vary from one machine to another.
Example: 4 computers + 1 printer = 18 amperes
21/16=

1,3 
STEP #3
Divide by 16
UL assigns 15 amperes of intermittent use to each Logiflex unit. However, most machines and
computers used in offices or schools are used continuously for many hours at a time. In this
type of situation, national electrical codes usually limit circuits to 16 amperes of continuous
use. You must therefore divide the total number of amperes calculated in Step 2 by 16.
Example: 21 ÷ 16 = 1.3
STEP #4
This is the number of circuits your series requires
In most cases, this number will contain decimals. Round up to the next whole number, and
this will be the number of circuits required for your equipment to run safely. If the number
obtained is higher than 4 (the maximum number of circuits for a system), you must reduce
the amount of current used by the system or create another system supplied by a separate
power source.
STEP #5
Repeat steps 1 to 4 for each electrical series
This step applies if you have several training tables or computers, or a conference table. Don't
forget that you must follow this procedure for each system operating from a different power
source.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
193
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
ELECTRICITY
EXAMPLES OF CALCULATING AMPERAGE
Average amperage of the most commonly used pieces of equipment.
- CPU
- Monitor
: 2.0A - 4.0A
- Laptop
: 1.5A
- Printer
: Ink-jet= 6.4A
: 15" = 1.8A
9.0A
20" = 2.5A
- Fax machine : 1.0A
- Calculator : .25A
- Network server : 12.0A
SINGLE STATION
Example:
15 Amperes
3A
3A
3A
POP-UP1
POP-UP2
BCSS2
1 CPU
15A/125V
each
= 1 monitor
BCSS4
1 printer
MPORT
1 calculator
MULTIPLE STATIONS
Example:
15 Amperes
3A
3A
3A
MPLK1
MPLK2
MPLK3
3A
3A
5 stations equivalent to:
= 5 monitors + 5 CPU
15A/125V
total
MPLK4
MPLK5
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
194
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
ELECTRICITY
EXAMPLE OF CALCULATING AMPERAGE
4-TRACK SYSTEM
If your system requires two circuits, specify "circuit #1 or circuit #2" per kit ordered.
Here is an example of equipment required for a two-circuit system:
- 8 computers and monitors
- 1 starter kit 4T60D72-1
- 1 junction kit 4T60J18-2
- 1 junction kit 4T60J18-1
- 1 junction kit 4T60J18-2
Total: 24 amperes / 16 = 1.5= 2 circuits
Example:
24 Amperes
3A
3A
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
3A
3A
3A
195
3A
3A
3A
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-3
ELECTRICITY
EXAMPLE OF CALCULATING AMPERAGE
8-TRACK SYSTEM
Here is an example of equipment required for a four-circuit system:
- 7 computers and monitors (21 amperes)
- 3 printers (21 amperes)
- 1 network server (12 amperes)
- starter kit 8T72D72-1
- junction kit 8T72J18-1
- junction kit 8T72J18-2
- junction kit 8T72J18-3
- junction kit 8T72J18-4
Total: 60 amperes / 16 = 3.375= 4 circuits
Example:
60 Amperes
3A
3A
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
3A
9A
3A
9A
196
12A
3A
3A
3A
9A
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ELECTRICITY
COMMUNICATION BOXES - SINGLE STATIONS
CODE
Retractable box for single station.
POP-UP1
253
POP-UP2
253
BCSS1BL (Black)
125
BCSS2BL (Black)
125
BCSS3BL (Black)
125
MPORTSN (Satin nickel)
301
301
7 1/2
Includes 2 electrical outlets and 2 empty
telecommunication outlets
(outlets not included)
72" power cable
25
8
(Available in black only)
15A/125V
* 1 set of universal adapters included
Retractable box for single station.
/8
41
Includes 3 electrical outlets
7 1/2
72" power cable
(Available in black only)
15A/125V
25
8
* 1 set of universal adapters included
Communication box to be installed under surface
including 1 electrical outlet and 1 empty
telecommunication outlet
(outlet not included)
11 4
27 8
72" power cable
3
15A/125V
* 1 set of universal adapters included
Communication box to be installed under surface
including 2 empty telecommunication outlets
(outlets not included)
11 4
27 8
(Available in black only)
3
15A/125V
* 1 set of universal adapters included
Communication box to be installed under surface
Includes 2 electrical outlets
72" power cable included
(Available in black only)
11 4
27 8
15A/125V
* 1 set of universal adapters included
3
Plastic retractable box for single station.
Includes 2 electrical outlets and 2
telecommunications outlets
6
MPORTBL (Black)
(outlets not included)
72" power cable included
2 1/2
(Available in black or satin nickel)
15A/125V
* 1 set of universal adapters included
** All electrical connections must be performed by a certified electrician.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
197
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ELECTRICITY
COMMUNICATION BOXES - MULTIPLE STATIONS
CODE
Plastic retractable communication box
Starter kit
MPLK1SN
MPLK1BL
including 2 electrical outlets and 2 empty
telecommunication outlets
238
238
out: black
(outlets not included)
15A/120V
6
212
Junction kit
* 1 set of universal adapters included
Included:
120" starter cable and 12" junction cable
Plastic retractable communication box
Including 2 electrical outlets and 2 empty
telecommunication outlets
(outlets not included)
15A/120V
MPLK2SN
MPLK2BL
in: black
out: red
MPLK3SN
MPLK3BL
* 1 set of universal adapters included
Also included:
238
238
in: red
out: blue
MPLK4SN
12" junction cable to connect to the next box
238
238
MPLK4BL
238
238
in: blue
out: orange
MPLK5SN
MPLK5BL
238
238
in: orange
out: yellow
MPLK6SN
MPLK6BL
238
238
in: yellow
out: green
MPLK7SN
MPLK7BL
238
238
in: green
out: white
Ending set
Plastic retractable communication box
Including 2 electrical outlets and 2 empty
telecommunication outlets
MPLK8SN
MPLK8BL
238
238
entrée : white
(outlets not included)
15A/120V
* 1 set of universal adapters included
Also included:
60" connecting cable
** All electrical connections must be performed by a certified electrician.
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
198
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
TELECOMMUNICATION - MISCELLANEOUS
CODE
SPINE
122
Swivel florescent lamp
T524
Finish: Black
T536
Electronic ballast
T548
T5LINK12
T5LINK24
136
181
238
18
23
Power bar with 6 electric outlets
PBL
49
Velcro tie for electrical cable:
WM
7 / ea.
MH1SN
494
MH2SN
577
Wire management spine
2'' diameter
Grey plastic
24'', 36'', 48''
Can direct light as desired (swivel reflector)
- The non-metallic buckle is safe to use around electrical
devices
- dimensions: ¾" x 10"
- color: black
Power/data centre with retractable door including:
Two electrical outlets with 72” long electrical cable
Two communication outlets
Two electrical outlets and two empty telecommunication
outlets (outlets not included)
Available in satin nickel
One set of universal adapters included
Power/data centre with retractable door including:
Four communication outlets
Available in satin nickel
One set of universal adapters included
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
199
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ELECTRICITY
4-TRACK SYSTEM
CODE
STARTER SET
4T48D72-1
4T54D72-1
Starter set of electrical cables for a training table including:
375
381
4T60D72-1
387
- One 72" starter cable and one junction cable according to each table size
4T66D72-1
- 2 duplex receptacles with electrical outlets
4T72D72-1
394
399
- 2 duplex receptacle supports
** By default the starter kit is Circuit 1. **
Duplex receptacles
Surface
X
Channel
X
Power entry cable 72"
long
Mounting brackets
Mounting brackets
Channel
- 18" junction cable for use on table of 48"
- 24" junction cable for use on table of 54"
- 30" junction cable for use on table of 60"
- 36" junction cable for use on table of 66"
- 42" junction cable for use on table of 72"
JUNCTION SET
4T48J18-1
4T54J18-1
Junction set of electrical cables for a training table including:
4T60J18-1
- One 18" junction cable and one junction cable according to each table size
4T66J18-1
- 2 duplex receptacles with electrical outlets
4T72J18-1
174
181
188
194
200
- 2 duplex receptacle supports
4T48J18-2
Surface
Duplex receptacles
Channel
Channel
4T54J18-2
4T60J18-2
0.750
4T66J18-2
X
4T72J18-2
X
174
181
188
194
200
3" c/c
Mounting brackets
Mounting brackets
Junction cable 18"
long
- 18" junction cable for use on table of 48"
- 24" junction cable for use on table of 54"
- 30" junction cable for use on table of 60"
- 36" junction cable for use on table of 66"
- 42" junction cable for use on table of 72"
2 mounting brackets for Duplex
receptacles including screws
(Holes for screws must be done by the installer)
** All electrical connections must be performed **
by a certified electrician
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
200
July 21, 2015 | USA
SIN711-2
ELECTRICITY
8-TRACK SYSTEM
CODE
STARTER SET
8T48D72-1
8T54D72-1
Starter set of electrical cables for a training table including:
8T60D72-1
- One 72" starter cable and one junction cable according to each table size
8T66D72-1
- 2 duplex receptacles with electrical outlets and junction blocks
8T72D72-1
624
638
649
663
673
- 2 duplex receptacle supports
** Please note that the starter set is always Circuit 1. **
Duplex receptacles
Channel
Surface
6.625
Power entry cable
72" long
Support for Duplex
receptacle
Support for Duplex
receptacle
Channel
- 18" junction cable for use on table of 48"
- 24" junction cable for use on table of 54"
- 30" junction cable for use on table of 60"
- 36" junction cable for use on table of 66"
- 42" junction cable for use on table of 72"
JUNCTION SET
8T48J18-1
8T54J18-1
Junction set of electrical cables for a training table including:
8T60J18-1
- One 18" junction cable and one junction cable according to each table size
8T66J18-1
- 2 duplex receptacles with electrical outlets and junction blocks
8T72J18-1
Surface
Channel
Duplex receptacles
Channel
8T48J18-2
8T54J18-2
8T60J18-2
8T66J18-2
8T72J18-2
Support for Duplex
receptacle
Support for Duplex
receptacle
Junction cable 18"
long
- 18" junction cable for use on table of 48"
- 24" junction cable for use on table of 54"
- 30" junction cable for use on table of 60"
- 36" junction cable for use on table of 66"
- 42" junction cable for use on table of 72"
8T48J18-3
8T54J18-3
8T60J18-3
8T66J18-3
8T72J18-3
8T48J18-4
8T54J18-4
8T60J18-4
8T66J18-4
8T72J18-4
462
475
488
500
513
462
475
488
500
513
462
475
488
500
513
462
475
488
500
513
2 mounting brackets for Duplex
receptacles including screws
(Holes for screws must be done by the installer)
** All electrical connections must be performed **
by a certified electrician
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
201
July 21, 2015 | USA
As our product line is constantly evolving and expanding, we recommand that you visit logiflex.ca for updates
.
1235 St-Roch N., Sherbrooke QC J1N 0H2 Canada
T : 1.877.864.9323 | F : 1.800.474.7830 | logiflex.ca
Logiflex | Millenium & Manhattan
202
July 21, 2015 | USA